Asus Motherboard A8N-SLI SE User Manual
Motherboard A8N-SLI SE
i i Copyright é 2005 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiï¬Âed or altered, unless such repair , modiï¬Âcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED T O THE IMPLIED W ARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT T O CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiï¬Âcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneï¬Ât, without intent to infringe. E 2 2 5 2 R e v i s e d E d i t i o n V 1 S e p t e m b e r 2 0 0 5
i i i Contents Notices ............................................................................................... viii Safety information .............................................................................. ix About this guide ................................................................................... x How this guide is organized ...................................................... x Where to ï¬Ând more information .............................................. xi Conventions used in this guide ................................................ xi Typography ......................................................................................... xi A8N-SLI SE speciï¬Âcations summary .................................................... xii Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ........................................ 1-4 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-5 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................. 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-3 2.2.4 Layout Contents ..................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.3.1 Overview ................................................................. 2-6 2.3.2 Installing the CPU .................................................... 2-6 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan ................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory .................................................................. 2-11 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-11 2.4.2 Memory Conï¬Âgurations ......................................... 2-11 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 2-14 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM .................................................. 2-14 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-15 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-15
i v Contents 2.5.2 Conï¬Âguring an expansion card .............................. 2-15 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ........................................... 2-16 2.5.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 2-16 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x16 slots .................................... 2-17 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 2-17 2.5.7 Universal PCIe slot (PCI Express x4 slot) .............. 2-17 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-18 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-19 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-19 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-21 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the ï¬Ârst time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer ................................................... 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch ..................... 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk .............................. 4-1 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS ................................................... 4-2 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS ï¬Âle .................................... 4-4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility ............................................... 4-7 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program ............................................................ 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Legend bar ............................................................ 4-13 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items .................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Conï¬Âguration ï¬Âelds ............................................... 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window ...................................................... 4-14 4.2.8 General help .......................................................... 4-14 4.3 Main menu ........................................................................... 4-15
v Contents 4.3.1 System Time ........................................................ 4-15 4.3.2 System Date ........................................................ 4-15 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ............................................... 4-15 4.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 4-16 4.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master ............ 4-18 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring ......................................... 4-19 4.3.7 Installed Memory ................................................... 4-19 4.3.8 Usable Memory ...................................................... 4-19 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-20 4.4.1 CPU Conï¬Âguration ................................................. 4-20 4.4.2 PCI PnP .................................................................. 4-23 4.4.3 Onboard Devices Conï¬Âguration ............................. 4-24 4.4.4 SLI Conï¬Âguration ................................................... 4-29 4.4.5 JumperFree Conï¬Âguration ..................................... 4-30 4.4.6 PEG Link Mode ....................................................... 4-32 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-34 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type ............................................... 4-34 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-34 4.5.3 APM Conï¬Âguration ................................................ 4-35 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor .................................................. 4-37 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-39 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-39 4.6.2 Removable Drives .................................................. 4-40 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives .................................................... 4-40 4.6.4 Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration ................................ 4-41 4.6.5 Security ................................................................. 4-43 4.7 Exit menu ............................................................................ 4-45 Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system .............................................. 5-1
v i 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD .......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ........................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-3 5.2.4 Manuals menu ......................................................... 5-5 5.2.5 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 5-6 5.2.6 Other information ................................................... 5-6 5.3 Software information ............................................................ 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠..................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 Audio conï¬Âgurations ............................................. 5-11 5.3.3 Using the NVIDIA î Firewall⢠.................................. 5-17 5.4 RAID conï¬Âgurations ............................................................ 5-20 5.4.1 Installing hard disks ............................................... 5-21 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conï¬Âgurations ................................. 5-22 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-29 5.6 Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-30 5.6.1 Enabling Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology ................... 5-30 5.6.2 Launching the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠software .............. 5-31 5.7 Using the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility ....................................... 5-32 5.7.1 Managing your nForce⢠system ............................ 5-32 5.7.2 Clock control ......................................................... 5-33 5.7.3 Voltage/Fan control .............................................. 5-33 5.7.4 Information ........................................................... 5-34 5.7.5 Other options ........................................................ 5-34 5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utility ...................................... 5-35 5.8.1 Launching the ASUS AI Selector ........................... 5-35 5.8.2 Using the SLI mode ............................................... 5-36 Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics card setup ...................................................... 6-2 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards .......................... 6-2 Contents
v i i 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers .................................... 6-5 6.2.3 Installing the ASUS AI Selector utility ..................... 6-5 6.2.4 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows ............ 6-6 6.2.5 Setting the ASUS AI Selector utility ....................... 6-8
v i i i Notices F e d e r a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s C o m m i s s i o n S t a t e m e n t This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerüs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. C a n a d i a n D e p a r t m e n t o f C o m m u n i c a t i o n s S t a t e m e n t This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiï¬Âcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userüs authority to operate this equipment.
i x Safety information E l e c t r i c a l s a f e t y ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. O p e r a t i o n s a f e t y ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer.
x About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conï¬Âguring the motherboard. H o w t h i s g u i d e i s o r g a n i z e d This manual contains the following parts: ⢠C h a p t e r 1 : P r o d u c t i n t r o d u c t i o n This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠C h a p t e r 3 : P o w e r i n g u p This chapter describes the power up sequence, and the ways of shutting down the system. ⢠C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. ⢠A p p e n d i x : I n s t a l l a t i o n o p t i o n s This appendix describes how to install optional accessories to your motherboard.
x i C o n v e n t i o n s u s e d i n t h i s g u i d e To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt Del> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: awdï¬Âash A8NSLISE.ROM W h e r e t o f i n d m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1 . A S U S w e b s i t e s The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2 . O p t i o n a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty ï¬Âyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
x i i A8N-SLI SE speciï¬Âcations summary (continued on the next page) C P U C h i p s e t S y s t e m B u s M e m o r y E x p a n s i o n s l o t s S c a l a b l e L i n k I n t e r f a c e ( S L I ⢠) S t o r a g e A I O v e r c l o c k i n g Socket 939 for AMD Athlon⢠64FX/AMD Athlon⢠64/ AMD Athlon 64X2 Processor Supports AMD 64 architecture that enables simultaneous 32-bit and 64-bit architecture Supports AMD î Cool ûnü Quiet! Technology NVIDIA î nForce⢠4 SLI Supports NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface⢠(SLI) technology 1600/2000 MT per second Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 184-pin DIMM sockets support ECC/non-ECC unbufferred 400/333/266 MHz DDR memory modules Supports up to 4 GB system memory 2 x PCI Express x16 slots with Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) support 1 x PCI Express x1 slot 1 x PCI Express x4 slot running at 2x bandwidth that supports X1 and X4 add-on cards 3 x PCI slots SLI⢠mode supports: - 2 x identical SLIâ¢-ready PCI Express x16 graphics cards (Note: In SLI mode, the PCI Express x16 slots work at the bandwidth of PCI Express x8. The combined bandwidth of these maintain the bandwidth of PCI Express x16.) Single card mode supports (default): - 1 x a ny PC I E x pr e ss x1 6 g r a ph i cs ca r d o n t he ï¬Âr s t s lo t ASUS AI Selector ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS Two-slot thermal design NVIDIA î nForce⢠4 SLI chipset supports: - 2 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 - 4 x Serial ATA devices - RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, and JBOD that spans across the Serial ATA and Parallel ATA drives AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS AI Overclocking (Intelligent CPU frequency tuner) ASUS PEG Link for single/dual graphics card Fixed PCI Express/PCI/SATA frequencies ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall)
x i i i A8N-SLI SE speciï¬Âcations summary S p e c i a l f e a t u r e s I n t e r n a l c o n n e c t o r s L A N A I A u d i o U S B R e a r p a n e l B I O S f e a t u r e s ASUS AI Selector ASUS EZFlash ASUS Q-Fan2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS SLI Warning LED ASUS EZ Plug 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 2 x IDE connectors 4 x Serial ATA connectors 1 x CPU fan connector 1 x Power fan connector 1 x Chassis fan connector 1 x Chipset fan connector 1 x Serial port connector (COM port) 1 x 24-pin ATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector 1 x 4-pin ASUS EZ Plug⢠connector 3 x USB 2.0 connectors for 6 additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Internal audio connectors (CD\AUX) 1 x GAME/MIDI connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x Front panel audio connector System panel connector NVIDIA î nForce⢠4 built-in Gigabit MAC with external PHY supports: - NV ActiveArmor - NV Firewall Realtek î ALC850 6-channel CODEC 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port Supports Universal Audio Jack (UAJ î ) Technology Supports Audio Sensing and Enumeration Technology Supports up to 10 USB 2.0 ports 1 x Parallel port 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port 4 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port 6-channel audio ports 4 Mb Flash ROM, Phoenix-Award BIOS, PnP, DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 (continued on the next page)
x i v A8N-SLI SE speciï¬Âcations summary P o w e r R e q u i r e m e n t F o r m F a c t o r S u p p o r t C D c o n t e n t s ATX power supply (with 24-pin and 4-pin 12 V plugs) ATX 12 V 2.0 compliant ATX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.4 cm) Device drivers ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Live Update utility ASUS CoolünüQuiet! utility Anti-virus utility (OEM version) NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility *Speciï¬Âcations are subject to change without notice.
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 1 - 1 1.1 Welcome! T h a n k y o u f o r b u y i n g a n A S U S î A 8 N - S L I S E m o t h e r b o a r d ! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS A8N-SLI SE motherboard Cables 2 x Serial ATA signal cables Serial ATA power cable with dual plugs Ultra DMA/133 cable 40-conductor IDE cable Floppy disk drive cable Accessories I/O shield SLI⢠ï¬Âexible cable USB2.0 2-port module Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation User guide
1 - 2 C h a p t e r 1 : P r o d u c t i n t r o d u c t i o n 1.3 Special features 1 . 3 . 1 P r o d u c t h i g h l i g h t s L a t e s t p r o c e s s o r t e c h n o l o g y The AMD Athlon⢠64FX, Athlon⢠64 and Athlon 64x2 desktop processors are based on AMDüs 64-bit and 32-bit architecture, which represents the landmark introduction of the industryüs ï¬Ârst x86-64 technology. These processors provide a dramatic leap forward in compatibility, performance, investment protection, and reduced total cost of ownership and development. See page 2-6 for details. S c a l a b l e L i n k I n t e r f a c e ( S L I ⢠) t e c h n o l o g y The NVIDIA î nForce4 î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology allows two graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. This technology takes advantage of the PCI Express⢠bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software solutions that allows multiple GPUs to work together and achieve exceptional graphics performance. See Chapter 6 for details. B u i l t - i n N V F i r e w a l l ⢠a n d N V A c t i v e A r m o r ⢠The NVIDIA î Firewall⢠(NV Firewallâ¢) is an easy-to-use high-performance desktop ï¬Ârewall application that protects your system from intruders. Integrated into the NVIDIA î nForce4 î SLI⢠chipset with the NVIDIA î Gigabit Ethernet, it provides advanced anti-computer-hacking technologies, remote management capabilities, and a user-friendly setup wizard that improves overall system security. Enhancing your network security is the NVIDIA î ActiveArmor⢠(NV ActiveArmorâ¢) engine that provides advanced data packet inspection. This innovative technology ensures that only safe data packets are passed on the network. It boosts overall system performance by ofï¬Âoading the CPU from the rigorous task of ï¬Âltering data packets. See page 5-17 for details. A M D C o o l û n ü Q u i e t ! ⢠T e c h n o l o g y The motherboard supports the AMD Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically changes the CPU speed, voltage and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. See pages 4-22 and 5-31.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 1 - 3 H y p e r T r a n s p o r t ⢠T e c h n o l o g y HyperTransport⢠Technology is a high-speed, low latency, point-to-point link designed to increase the communication speed between integrated circuits in computers, networking and telecommunicatons equipment up to 48 times faster than other existing technologies. D u a l C h a n n e l D D R m e m o r y s u p p o r t Employing the Double Data Rate (DDR) memory technology, the motherboard supports up to 4GB of system memory using DDR400/333/266 DIMMs. The ultra-fast 400MHz memory bus delivers the required bandwidth for the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. See page 2-11. S e r i a l A T A I I t e c h n o l o g y The mo the rbo ard sup por ts t he next-generation Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the NVIDIA î SLI⢠chipset. The SATA 3Gb/s speciï¬Âcation provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial ATA products with a host of new features including Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, and Hot Swap. Additionally, Serial ATA allows thinner, more ï¬Âexible cables with lower pin count, and reduced voltage requirement. See pages 2-21. R A I D S o l u t i o n The NVIDIA î nForce4 î SLI⢠allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1 and JBOD conï¬Âguration for four SATA and two PATA connectors. See pages 2-21 and 5-22 for details. P C I E x p r e s s ⢠i n t e r f a c e Th e m o th er b oa rd fu ll y s up p or ts PC I E xp r es s, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI speciï¬Âcations. See page 2-15 and 2-16 for details. S / P D I F d i g i t a l s o u n d r e a d y The mo the rbo ard sup por ts t he S/P DIF Out fu nct ion thr oug h th e S /PD IF int erf ace s o n th e r ear pan el. Th e S /PDI F t ech nolo gy tur ns y our co mpu ter int o a hi gh- end ent ert ainm ent sy ste m wi th dig ital co nne ctiv ity to po werf ul aud io and sp eake r s yst ems. Se e p age 2-18 for details.
1 - 4 C h a p t e r 1 : P r o d u c t i n t r o d u c t i o n 1 . 3 . 2 A S U S P r o a c t i v e f e a t u r e s A I N O S ⢠( N o n - D e l a y O v e r c l o c k i n g S y s t e m ) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-30 for details. A I A u d i o t e c h n o l o g y The motherboard supports 6-channel audio through the onboard ALC850 CODEC with 16-bit DAC, a stereo 16-bit ADC, and an AC97 2.3 compatible multi-channel audio designed for PC multimedia systems. It also provides Jack-Sensing function, S/PDIF out support, interrupt capability and includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology. See pages 2-18, 2-19 and 5-11 for details. U S B 2 . 0 t e c h n o l o g y The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 speciï¬Âcation, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See page 2-18 and 2-23 for details. T e m p e r a t u r e , f a n , a n d v o l t a g e m o n i t o r i n g The CPU temperature is monitored by the ASIC (integrated in the Winbond Super I/O) to prevent overheating and damage. The system fan rotations per minute (RPM) is monitored for timely failure detection. The ASIC monitors the voltage levels to ensure stable supply of current for critical components. See section âÂÂ4.5.4 Hardware Monitorâ on page 4-37.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 1 - 5 1 . 3 . 3 I n n o v a t i v e A S U S f e a t u r e s A S U S A I S e l e c t o r The AI Selector allows you to set the video card mode of your system. This utility works when you have two graphics cards installed in your system. See page 5-35 for details. A S U S E Z P l u g ⢠This patented ASUS technology is a 4-pin auxiliary 12V connector that is designed to maintain the voltage integrity of your system. This plug guarantees adequate supply of power to the motherboard and other installed peripherals. See page 6-4 for illustration. A S U S T w o - s l o t t h e r m a l d e s i g n The motherboard is designed with one PCI Express x1 slots and PCI Express x4 slots placed between the PCI Express x16 slots allowing an increase in airï¬Âow between the two PCI Express x16 graphics cards. This special design permits more room for ventilation thus lowering the overall system temperature. C r a s h F r e e B I O S 2 Thi s f eat ure all ows yo u to re sto re the ori gin al B IOS da ta f rom th e s uppo rt CD in cas e wh en the BI OS c ode s a nd d ata ar e c orru pte d. This pr ote cti on eli min ate s t he n eed to buy a rep lac emen t R OM chip . S ee page 4- 5 for details. A S U S Q - F a n 2 t e c h n o l o g y The ASUS Q-Fan2 technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efï¬Âcient operation. See page 4-37 for details. A S U S M y L o g o 2 ⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See page 5-9 for details.
1 - 6 C h a p t e r 1 : P r o d u c t i n t r o d u c t i o n
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.4 System memory .................................................................. 2-11 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-17 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-18
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. The red warning LED lights up when you installed two graphics card but did not connect the ASUS EZ Plugâ¢. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LEDs. 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ7. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-25 for details. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. A8N-S LI SE î A8N-SLI SE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off W ARN_LED When use 2 Graphics but do not plug EZ-PLU G ON OFF When use 2 Graphics but do plug EZ-PLUG If you are using a 24-pin power connector, you may ignore the warning LED.
2 - 2 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conï¬Âguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard ï¬Âts into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2 . 2 . 1 P l a c e m e n t d i r e c t i o n When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 2 . 2 . 2 S c r e w h o l e s Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. A8N -SL I S E î Place this side towards the rear of the chassis
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 3 2 . 2 . 3 M o t h e r b o a r d l a y o u t Bottom:Mic In Center:Line Out T o p:Line In P ANEL A8 N -S L I SE R CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power AUX FP_AUDIO GAME CHASSIS PRI_IDE SEC_IDE EA TXPWR COM1 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CPU_F AN Socket 939 DDR DIMM_B1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A2 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_B2 (64 bit,184-pin module) CHA2_F AN F_USB1 2 PWR_F AN FLOPPY Super I/O 4Mb BIOS PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Keyboard P ARALLEL PORT SPDIF_O LAN_USB3 4 CD WARN_LED EZ_PLUG ALC850 PC I EX 1 6_ 1 PC IE X1 _1 PC I EX 1 6_ 2 PC I 1 PC I 2 PC I 3 Gigabit PHY CLRTC USB78 USB56 USB910 SA T A1 SA T A2 SA T A3 SA T A4 CHA1_F AN A T X12V NV ID IA nForce4 SLI CHIP_F AN SB_PWR PC IE X4 _1
2 - 4 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 2 . 4 L a y o u t C o n t e n t s Slots Page 1. DDR DIMM slots 2-11 2. PCI slots 2-16 3. PCI Express x16 slot 2-17 4. PCI Express x1 slot 2-17 5. PCI Express x4 slot 2-17 Jumpers Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC1) 2-18 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-19 2. Parallel port 2-19 3. LAN (RJ-45) port 2-19 4. Line In port (light blue) 2-19 5. Line Out port (lime) 2-19 6. Microphone port (pink) 2-19 7. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-19 8. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-19 9. Coaxial S/PDIF out port 2-19 10. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-20
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 5 Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-21 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, 40-1 pin SEC_IDE) 2-21 3. nForce 4 Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) 2-22 4. CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors(3-pin CPU_FAN, 2-23 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 5. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-24 6. USB headers (10-1 USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-24 7 ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 2-25 8. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) 2-26 9. GAME/MIDI connector (16-1 pin GAME) 2-26 10. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-27 11. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) 2-27 12. System panel connectors (20-1 pin PANEL) 2-28 - System Power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) - Hard Disk activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) - System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) - Power/Soft-off button(Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) - Reset switch (Blue 2-pin RESET)
2 - 6 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 3 . 2 I n s t a l l i n g t h e C P U To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) 2 . 3 . 1 O v e r v i e w The motherboard comes with a surface mount 939-pin Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64FX, AMD Athlon⢠64 or AMD Athlon⢠64X2 processor. The 128-bit-wide data paths of these processors can run applications faster than processors with only 32-bit or 64-bit wide data paths. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. Take note of the marked corner (with gold triangle) on the CPU. This mark should match a speciï¬Âc corner on the socket to ensure correct installation. Gold triangle A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE CPU Socket 939
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it ï¬Âts in place. 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90ð-100ð angle. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to 90ð-100ð angle, otherwise the CPU does not ï¬Ât in completely. The CPU ï¬Âts only in one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the pins and damaging the CPU! 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. G o l d t r i a n g l e S m a l l t r i a n g l e S o c k e t L e v e r
2 - 8 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 3 . 3 I n s t a l l i n g t h e h e a t s i n k a n d f a n The AMD Athlon⢠64FX, AMD Athlon⢠64X2 or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor require a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. Follow these steps to install the CPU heatsink and fan. 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink ï¬Âts properly on the retention module base. R e t e n t i o n M o d u l e B a s e C P U H e a t s i n k R e t e n t i o n b r a c k e t l o c k R e t e n t i o n b r a c k e t Make sure that you use only qualiï¬Âed heatsink and fan assembly. ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠You do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Your boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter. C P U F a n
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly ï¬Âts the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place.
2 - 1 0 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE CPU Fan Connector CPU_F AN GND Rotation 12V
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 1 2.4 System memory 2 . 4 . 1 O v e r v i e w The motherboard comes with four 184-pin Double Data Rate (DDR) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. The following ï¬Âgure illustrates the location of the sockets: 2 . 4 . 2 M e m o r y C o n f i g u r a t i o n s You may install 256 MB, 512 MB and 1 GB unbuffered ECC or non-ECC DDR DIMMs into the DIMM sockets using the memory conï¬Âgurations in this section. ⢠For dual-channel conï¬Âguration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same for better performance (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2=DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠When using one DDR DIMM module, install into DIMM_B1 slot only. ⢠When using two DDR DIMM modules, install into DIMM_A1 and DIMM_B1 slots only. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR400 Qualiï¬Âed Vendors List on the next page for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 4 GB of system memory when you installed four 1 GB DDR memory modules. ⢠Due to CPU limitation, DIMM modules with 128 Mb memory chips or double-sided x16 memory chips are not supported in this motherboard. Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE 184-pin DDR DIMM Sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2
2 - 1 2 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n D D R 4 0 0 Q u a l i f i e d V e n d o r s L i s t � DIMMsupport Size Vendor Model CL Brand Side(s) Component A B C 1024MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/1G 3 N/A DS HYB25D512800BE-5B ⢠⢠⢠1024MB CORSAIR TWINX2048-3200C2 N/A N/A DS N/A ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Transcend TS128MLD64V4J 3 SAMSUNG DS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 N/A Hynix SS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 N/A Hynix DS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/256 N/A Mosel SS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/512 N/A Mosel DS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 N/A Inï¬Âneon SS HYB25D256800BT-5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 N/A Inï¬Âneon DS HYB25D256809BT-5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 N/A KINGSTON SS D3208DL2T-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 N/A KINGSTON DS D328DIB-50 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KHX3200A/512 3 N/A DS N/A ⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M381L3223ETM-CCC 3ECC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M381L6423ETM-CCC N/A SAMSUNG DS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223ETM-CCC N/A SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223FTN-CCC 4 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6423FTN-CCC 4 SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6523BTM-CCC 4 SAMSUNG SS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB MICRON MT8VDDT3264AG-40BCB N/A MICRON SS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON MT16VDDT6464AG-40BCB N/A MICRON DS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠256MB Inï¬Âneon HYS64D32300HU-5-C 3 Inï¬Âneon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠512MB Inï¬Âneon HYS64D64320HU-5-C N/A Inï¬Âneon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠256MB CORSAIR CMX256A-3200C2PT 2 Winbond SS W942508BH-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB CORSAIR VS512MB400 2.5 VALUE seLecT DS VS32M8-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB CORSAIR CMX512-3200C2 3 N/A DS N/A ⢠⢠256MB Hynix HYMD232645D8J-D43 3 Hynix SS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HYMD264646D8J-D43 3 Hynix DS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠256MB GEIL GE2563200B 2-6-3-3 GEIL SS GL3LC32G88TG-5A ⢠⢠⢠512MB GEIL GE5123200B 2-6-3-3 GEIL DS GL3LC32G88TG-5A ⢠⢠⢠256MB GEIL GD3200-256V 2.5-8-4-4 GEIL SS GLIL DDR 32M8 ⢠⢠⢠512MB GEIL GD3200-512V 2.5-8-4-4 GEIL DS GLIL DDR 32M8 ⢠⢠⢠256MB TwinMOS M2G9I08AIATT9F081AADT 2.5 TwinMOS SS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠512MB TwinMOS M2G9J16AJATT9F081AADT 2.5 TwinMOS DS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠256MB TwinMOS M2G9I08A8ATT9F081AADT 2.5 TwinMOS SS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠512MB TwinMOS M2G9J16A8ATT9F081AADT 2.5 TwinMOS DS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠256MB Transcend TS32MLD64V4F3 3 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB Transcend TS64MLD64V4F3 3 SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB Apacer 77.10636.33G 3 Inï¬Âneon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠512MB Apacer 77.10736.33G 3 Inï¬Âneon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠256MB Apacer 77.10639.60G 2.5 ProMOS SS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB Apacer 77.10739.60G 2.5 ProMOS DS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB A DATA MDOSS6F3G31Y0K1E0Z 3 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB A DATA MDOSS6F3H41Y0N1E0Z 3 SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB A DATA MDOHY6F3G31Y0N1E0Z 3 Hynix SS HY5DU56822CT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB A DATA MDOHY6F3H41Y0N1E0Z 3 Hynix DS HY5DU56822CT-D43 ⢠⢠256MB A DATA MDOAD5F3G31Y0D1E02 2.5 N/A SS ADD8608A8A-5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB A DATA MDOAD5F3H41Y0D1E02 2.5 N/A DS ADD8608A8A-5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB Winbond W9425GCDB-5 3 Winbond SS W942508CH-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Winbond W9451GCDB-5 N/A Winbond DS W942508CH-5 ⢠⢠⢠256MB PSC AL5D8B53T-5B1K 2.5 PSC SS A2S56D30BTP ⢠⢠⢠512MB PSC AL6D8B53T-5B1K 2.5 PSC DS A2S56D30BTP ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGMAX MPXB62D-38KT3R N/A N/A SS KDL388P4LA-50 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGMAX MPXC22D-38KT3R N/A N/A DS KDL388P4LA-50 ⢠⢠⢠256MB NANYA NT256D64S88C0G-5T 3 N/A SS NT5DS32M8CT-5T ⢠⢠512MB NANYA NT512D64S8HC0G-5T 3 N/A DS NT5DS32M8CT-5T ⢠⢠⢠256MB BRAIN POWER B6U808-256M-SAM-400 N/A SAMSUNG SS K4H560838D-TCC4 ⢠⢠⢠512MB BRAIN POWER B6U808-512M-SAM-400 N/A SAMSUNG DS K4H560838D-TCC4 ⢠⢠⢠256MB CENTURY DXV6S8EL5BM3T27C N/A SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB CENTURY DXV2S8EL5BM3T27C N/A SAMSUNG DS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB CENTURY DXV6S8EL5BM3T27C N/A N/A SS DD2508AMTA ⢠⢠⢠512MB CENTURY DXV2S8EL5BM3T27C N/A N/A DS DD2508AMTA ⢠⢠256MB elixir M2U25664DS88C3G-5T N/A N/A SS N2DS25680CT-5T ⢠⢠⢠512MB elixir M2U51264DS8HC1G-5T N/A N/A DS N2DS25680CT-5T ⢠⢠â¢
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 3 Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest DDR 400 Qualiï¬Âed Vendors List. Side(s): SS - Single-Sided DS - Double-Sided DIMM Support: A - supports one module inserted into either the blue slots, in a Single-channel memory conï¬Âguration. B - supports on pair of modules inserted into either the blue slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory conï¬Âguration. C - support for 4 modules inserted into the blue and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory conï¬Âguration. � DIMMsupport Size Vendor Model CL Brand Side(s) Component A B C 256MB Kreton N/A N/A VT SS VT3225804T-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Kreton N/A N/A VT DS VT3225804T-5 ⢠⢠⢠256MB Veritech VT400FMV/2561103 3 VT SS VT56DD32M8PC-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Veritech VT400FMV/5121003 3 VT DS VT56DD32M8PC-5 ⢠⢠⢠256MB Pmi MD44256VIT3208GMHA01 2.5 MOSEL SS V58C2256804SAT5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB Pmi MD44512VIT3208GATA03 2.5 MOSEL DS V58C2256804SAT5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB ProMOS V826632K24SCTG-D0 2.5 N/A SS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB ProMOS V826664K24SCTG-D0 2.5 N/A DS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB Deutron AL5D8C53T-5B1T 2.5 PSC SS A2S56D30CTP ⢠⢠⢠512MB Deutron AL6D8C53T-5B1T 2.5 PSC DS A2S56D30CTP ⢠⢠⢠512MB crucial BL6464Z402.16TG 2 Ballistix DS N/A ⢠⢠256MB Novax 96M425653CE-40TB6 2.5 CEON SS C2S56D30TP-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Novax 96M451253CE-40TB6 2.5 CEON DS C2S56D30TP-5 ⢠⢠â¢
2 - 1 4 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 4 . 4 R e m o v i n g a D I M M Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your ï¬Ângers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it ï¬Âips out with extra force. 2 . 4 . 3 I n s t a l l i n g a D I M M 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. L o c k e d R e t a i n i n g C l i p Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DDR DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it ï¬Âts in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. U n l o c k e d r e t a i n i n g c l i p D D R D I M M n o t c h 1 2 1 D D R D I M M n o t c h 1 2 1
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 5 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2 . 5 . 1 I n s t a l l i n g a n e x p a n s i o n c a r d To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press ï¬Ârmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2 . 5 . 2 C o n f i g u r i n g a n e x p a n s i o n c a r d After installing the expansion card, conï¬Âgure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
2 - 1 6 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 5 . 4 P C I s l o t s The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciï¬Âcations. The ï¬Âgure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2 . 5 . 3 I n t e r r u p t a s s i g n m e n t s S t a n d a r d i n t e r r u p t a s s i g n m e n t s IRQ Priority Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ#9 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. I R Q a s s i g n m e n t s f o r t h i s m o t h e r b o a r d A B C D E F G H PCI slot 1 shared â â â â â â â PCI slot 2 â shared â â â â â â PCI slot 3 â â shared â â â â â Onboard USB 1.0 controller shared â â â â â â â O n bo a r d U S B 2 .0 c o n t r o l l er shared â â â â â â â When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conï¬Âicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 7 2 . 5 . 5 T w o P C I E x p r e s s x 1 6 s l o t s This motherboard supports one PCI Express x16 graphics card or two SLI-ready PCI Express x16 graphic cards that comply with the PCI Express speciï¬Âcations. The ï¬Âgure shows a graphics card installed on the PCI Express x16 slot. See Chapter 6 for details on the SLI technology feature. 2 . 5 . 6 P C I E x p r e s s x 1 s l o t This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express speciï¬Âcations. The ï¬Âgure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot. In Single Video Card mode, only the PCI Express blue slot can be used for PCI Express x16 graphics cards. 2 . 5 . 7 P C I E x p r e s s x 4 s l o t This motherboard provides a PCI Express x4 slot that can support PCI Express x1 and x4 cards. This ASUS proprietary slot allows you to use additional PCI Express cards for twice the speed of a PCI Express x1 slot. The Universal PCIe slot supports a total bandwidth of 1GB/s. PCI Express x4 slot
2 - 1 8 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2.6 Jumpers C l e a r R T C R A M ( C L R T C ) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default) 1 2 2 3
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 9 2.7 Connectors 2 . 7 . 1 R e a r p a n e l c o n n e c t o r s 1 . P S / 2 m o u s e p o r t ( g r e e n ) . This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2 . P a r a l l e l p o r t . This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3 . L A N ( R J - 4 5 ) p o r t . Supported by the NVIDIA nForce4 Gigabit MAC with external PHY, this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port L A N p o r t L E D i n d i c a t i o n s ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection 7 3 4 5 6 1 10 2 9 8 4 . L i n e I n p o r t ( l i g h t b l u e ) . This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 5 . L i n e O u t p o r t ( l i m e ) . This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, and 6-channel conï¬Âguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 6 . M i c r o p h o n e p o r t ( p i n k ) . This port connects a microphone. 7 . U S B 2 . 0 p o r t s 3 a n d 4 . These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 8 . U S B 2 . 0 p o r t s 1 a n d 2 . These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 9 . C o a x i a l S / P D I F O u t p o r t . This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable.
2 - 2 0 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 1 0 . P S / 2 k e y b o a r d p o r t ( p u r p l e ) . This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. A u d i o 2 , 4 , o r 6 - c h a n n e l c o n f i g u r a t i o n Light Blue Line In Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Center/Subwoofer Port Headset 4-channel 6-channel 2 - c h a n n e l Refer to the audio conï¬Âguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, or 6-channel conï¬Âguration.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 2 1 2 . I D E c o n n e c t o r s ( 4 0 - 1 p i n P R I _ I D E , S E C _ I D E ) These connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cables. The Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must conï¬Âgure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accordingly. Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. 2 . 7 . 2 I n t e r n a l c o n n e c t o r s 1 . F l o p p y d i s k d r i v e c o n n e c t o r ( 3 4 - 1 p i n F L O P P Y ) This connector is for the provided ï¬Âoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the ï¬Âoppy disk drive. The Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. ⢠The Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for UltraDMA133/100/66 IDE devices. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Floppy Disk Drive Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings o n the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE IDE Connectors NOTE: Orient the red marking s (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE P I N 1 SEC_IDE
2 - 2 2 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 3 . S e r i a l A T A c o n n e c t o r s ( 7 - p i n S A T A 1 , S A T A 2 , S A T A 3 , S A T A 4 ) Supported by the NVIDIA î nForce4⢠chipset, these connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives that allows up to 3Gb/s of data transfer rate. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, or JBOD conï¬Âguration that span across the Parallel ATA drives. Refer to Chapter 5 for details on how to set up RAID conï¬Âgurations. ⢠The actual data transfer rate depends on the speed of Serial ATA hard disks installed. ⢠The RAID drivers for Parallel ATA and Serial ATA RAID are not WHQL certiï¬Âed. These connectors are set to SATA by default. In SATA mode, you can connect Serial ATA boot or data hard disk drives to these connectors. If you intent to create a Serial ATA RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID function of each port from the NVRAID Conï¬Âguration sub-menu item in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.4.3 Onboard Devices Conï¬Âgurationâ on pages 4-24 and 4-26 for details. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE SA T A Connectors SA T A1 SA T A2 GN D RS A T A_ TX P4 RS A T A _T XN 4 GN D RS A T A _R XP 4 RS A T A _R XN 4 GN D GN D RS A T A_ TX P3 RS A T A _T XN 3 GN D RS A T A _R XP 3 RS A T A _R XN 3 GN D GN D RS A T A_ TX P2 RS A T A _T XN 2 GN D RS A T A _R XP 2 RS A T A_ RX N2 GN D GN D RS A T A_ TX P1 RS A T A _T XN 1 GN D RS A T A _R XP 1 RS A T A _R XN 1 GN D SA T A3 SA T A4
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 2 3 4 . C P U , C h a s s i s , C h i p s e t a n d P o w e r f a n c o n n e c t o r s ( 3 - p i n C P U _ F A N , 3 - p i n C H A 2 _ F A N , 3 - p i n C H I P _ F A N , 3 - p i n P W R _ F A N , 3 - p i n C H A 1 _ F A N ) The fa n c onne cto rs supp ort co oli ng f ans of 35 0mA~ 2000mA (24 W max.) or a total of 1A~3.48A (41.76 W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. ⢠Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Lack of sufï¬Âcient air ï¬Âow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠The ASUS Q-Fan2 function is supported using the CPU Fan (CPU_ FAN) and Chassis Fan 1 (CHA1_FAN) connectors only. ⢠The chipset fan is synchronized with the CPU fan. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Fan Connectors CPU_F AN CHA1_F AN PWR_F AN CHA2_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotatio n 12V GND Rotatio n 12V CPU_F AN CHA1_F AN PWR_F AN CHA2_F AN CHIP_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHIP_F AN
2 - 2 4 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 5 . S e r i a l p o r t c o n n e c t o r ( 1 0 - 1 p i n C O M 1 ) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. 6 . U S B c o n n e c t o r s ( 1 0 - 1 p i n U S B 5 6 , U S B 7 8 , U S B 9 1 0 ) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciï¬Âcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. A8N- SLI S E î A8N-SLI SE COM Port Connector PIN 1 COM1 A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE USB 2.0 Connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P9 GND 1 The com port module is purchased separately .
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 2 5 7 . A T X p o w e r c o n n e c t o r s ( 2 4 - p i n E A T X P W R 1 , 4 - p i n A T X 1 2 V 1 , 4 - p i n E Z _ P L U G ) These connectors are for an ATX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to ï¬Ât these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down ï¬Ârmly until the connectors completely ï¬Ât. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠If your power connector is 20-pin when you use two graphics cards, do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug to the EZ Plugâ¢; otherwise, the system will be unstable. See page 6-5 for details. ⢠Use of a Power Supply Unit (PSU) with a higher power output is recommended when conï¬Âguring a system with more power- consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠Make sure that your PSU can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See the table below for details. P o w e r s u p p l y r e q u i r e m e n t s Loading Components/Peripherals Heavy Normal Light AMD î K8 939-pin CPU type Athlon 64 FX-55 Athlon 64 3800 Athlon 64 3400 PCIe⢠x16 graphics cards 6800 Ultra x2 6800GT x2 6600GT x2 DDR DIMMs 4 2 2 HDD 4 2 2 Optical drive (DVD/CD-RW) 2 2 1 PCIe⢠x 1 card 1 0 0 PCI cards 3 2 1 USB devices 6 4 3 Required 12V current > 25A > 20A > 17A Required wattage >= 500W >= 400W >= 350W A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE A TX Power Connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground EZ_PLUG 5V EZ_DET GND 12V
2 - 2 6 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 8 . I n t e r n a l a u d i o c o n n e c t o r s ( 4 - p i n C D , A U X ) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV-tuner, or MPEG card. 9 . G A M E / M I D I p o r t c o n n e c t o r ( 1 6 - 1 p i n G A M E ) This connector is for a GAME/MIDI port. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The GAME/MIDI port connects a joystick or game pad for playing games, and MIDI devices for playing or editing audio ï¬Âles. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Internal Audio Connectors AUX (white) CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Game Connector GAME 5V 5V J2B1 J2CX MIDI_OUT J2CY J2B2 MIDI_IN J1B1 J1CX GND GND J1CY J1B2 5V The Game/MIDI port is purchased separately .
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 2 7 1 0 . C h a s s i s i n t r u s i o n c o n n e c t o r ( 4 - 1 p i n C H A S S I S ) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. 1 1 . F r o n t p a n e l a u d i o c o n n e c t o r ( 1 0 - 1 p i n F P _ A U D I O ) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports legacy AC û97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. A8N- SLI S E î A8N-SLI SE Chassis Intrusion Connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default ) A8N- SLI S E î A8N-SLI SE Front Panel Audio Connector FP_AUDIO BLINE_OUT_L MIC2 Line out_ R Line out_L BLINE_OUT_R NC MICPWR 5V A AGND
2 - 2 8 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 1 2 . S y s t e m p a n e l c o n n e c t o r ( 2 0 - p i n P A N E L ) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. ⢠S y s t e m p o w e r L E D ( G r e e n 3 - p i n P L E D ) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠H a r d d i s k d r i v e a c t i v i t y ( R e d 2 - p i n I D E _ L E D ) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or ï¬Âashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠S y s t e m w a r n i n g s p e a k e r ( O r a n g e 4 - p i n S P E A K E R ) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠P o w e r / S o f t - o f f b u t t o n ( Y e l l o w 2 - p i n P W R S W ) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠R e s e t b u t t o n ( B l u e 2 - p i n R E S E T ) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. A8N- SLI S E î A8N-SLI SE System Panel Connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and the ways of shutting down the system.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 3.1 Starting up for the ï¬Ârst time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer ................................................... 3-2
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 3 - 1 3.1 Starting up for the ï¬Ârst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with ATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3 - 2 C h a p t e r 3 : P o w e r i n g u p 3.2 Powering off the computer 3 . 2 . 1 U s i n g t h e O S s h u t d o w n f u n c t i o n If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start button then click Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3 . 2 . 2 U s i n g t h e d u a l f u n c t i o n p o w e r s w i t c h While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E Chapter summary 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ............................................................ 4-11 4.3 Main menu ........................................................................... 4-15 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-20 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-34 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-39 4.7 Exit menu ............................................................................ 4-45
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1 . A w a r d B I O S F l a s h U t i l i t y (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk.) 2 . A S U S C r a s h F r e e B I O S 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS ï¬Âle fails or gets corrupted.) 3 . A S U S E Z F l a s h (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a ï¬Âoppy disk or the motherboard support CD.) 4 . A S U S U p d a t e (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS ï¬Âle to a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AwardBIOS Flash utilities. 4 . 1 . 1 C r e a t i n g a b o o t a b l e f l o p p y d i s k 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB ï¬Âoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type f o r m a t A:/S then press <Enter>. Windowsî XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB ï¬Âoppy disk to the ï¬Âoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer. c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options ï¬Âeld, then click Start. Windowsî 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB ï¬Âoppy disk into the drive.
4 - 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start, then select Run. d. From the Open ï¬Âeld, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS ï¬Âle to the bootable ï¬Âoppy disk. 4 . 1 . 2 U p d a t i n g t h e B I O S The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility. Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility. 1. Download the latest BIOS ï¬Âle from the ASUS web site. Rename the ï¬Âle to A8NSLI-B.BIN and save it to a ï¬Âoppy disk. Save only the updated BIOS ï¬Âle in the ï¬Âoppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS ï¬Âle. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdï¬Âash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the ï¬Âoppy disk with the latest BIOS ï¬Âle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable ï¬Âoppy disk you created earlier. 4. When the A:> appears, replace the bootable ï¬Âoppy disk with the ï¬Âoppy disk containing the new BIOS ï¬Âle and the Award BIOS Flash Utility. 5. At the prompt, type awdï¬Âash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program:
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 3 6. Type the BIOS ï¬Âle name in the File Name to Program ï¬Âeld, then press <Enter>. 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS ï¬Âle. The following screen appears. 8. The utility veriï¬Âes the BIOS ï¬Âle in the ï¬Âoppy disk and starts ï¬Âashing the BIOS ï¬Âle. Do not turn off or reset the system during the ï¬Âashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully ï¬Âashed the BIOS ï¬Âle. Remove the ï¬Âoppy disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Program Flashing Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail
4 - 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 3. Type a ï¬Âlename for the current BIOS ï¬Âle in the Save current BIOS as ï¬Âeld, then press <Enter>. 4. The utility saves the current BIOS ï¬Âle to the ï¬Âoppy disk, then returns to the BIOS ï¬Âashing process. 4 . 1 . 3 S a v i n g t h e c u r r e n t B I O S f i l e You can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS ï¬Âle. You can load the current BIOS ï¬Âle when the BIOS ï¬Âle gets corrupted during the ï¬Âashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Checksum: DAD6H Save current BIOS as: old.bin To save the current BIOS ï¬Âle using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS ï¬Âle. The following screen appears. Make sure that the ï¬Âoppy disk has enough disk space to save the ï¬Âle. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 5 4 . 1 . 4 A S U S C r a s h F r e e B I O S 2 u t i l i t y The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS ï¬Âle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS ï¬Âle using the motherboard support CD or the ï¬Âoppy disk that contains the updated BIOS ï¬Âle. Prepare the motherboard support CD or the ï¬Âoppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. R e c o v e r i n g t h e B I O S f r o m t h e s u p p o r t C D To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS ï¬Âle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Pass When found, the utility reads the BIOS ï¬Âle and starts ï¬Âashing the corrupted BIOS ï¬Âle. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
4 - 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS ï¬Âle. R e c o v e r i n g t h e B I O S f r o m a f l o p p y d i s k To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any CD from the optical drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the ï¬Âoppy disk with the original or updated BIOS ï¬Âle to the ï¬Âoppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the ï¬Âoppy disk for the original or updated BIOS ï¬Âle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! When no CD is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS ï¬Âle. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS ï¬Âle. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Fail Detecting ï¬Âoppy drive A media... Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 7 4 . 1 . 5 A S U S E Z F l a s h u t i l i t y The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a ï¬Âoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS ï¬Âle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS ï¬Âle to a ï¬Âoppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. Insert Disk then press Enter or ESC to continue POST 4. Insert the ï¬Âoppy disk that contains the BIOS ï¬Âle to the ï¬Âoppy disk drive then press <Enter>. The following screen appears. Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please wait... For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 5. When the correct BIOS ï¬Âle is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done.
4 - 8 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4 . 1 . 6 A S U S U p d a t e u t i l i t y The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). I n s t a l l i n g A S U S U p d a t e To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the U t i l i t i e s tab, then click I n s t a l l A S U S U p d a t e V X . X X . X X . See page 5-3 for the Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 9 U p d a t i n g t h e B I O S t h r o u g h t h e I n t e r n e t To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking S t a r t > P r o g r a m s > A S U S > A S U S U p d a t e > A S U S U p d a t e . The ASUS Update main window appears. 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafï¬Âc, or click Auto Select. Click N e x t . 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click N e x t .
4 - 1 0 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click N e x t . 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. U p d a t i n g t h e B I O S t h r o u g h a B I O S f i l e To update the BIOS through a BIOS ï¬Âle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking S t a r t > P r o g r a m s > A S U S > A S U S U p d a t e > A S U S U p d a t e . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a ï¬Âle option from the drop-down menu, then click N e x t . 3. Locate the BIOS ï¬Âle from the Open window, then click O p e n . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 1 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconï¬Âguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun SetupâÂÂ. This section explains how to conï¬Âgure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conï¬Âguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconï¬Âgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the ï¬Ârst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS ï¬Âle for this motherboard.
4 - 1 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Change the internal time. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB Usable Memory 256MB 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conï¬Âguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) conï¬Âguration Boot For changing the system boot conï¬Âguration Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information. Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items Conï¬Âguration ï¬Âelds Menu items
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 3 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciï¬Âc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 Conï¬Âguration ï¬Âelds These ï¬Âelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conï¬Âgurable, you can change the value of the ï¬Âeld opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-conï¬Âgurable. A conï¬Âgurable ï¬Âeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a ï¬Âeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar. The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. N a v i g a t i o n K e y F u n c t i o n < F 1 > Displays the General Help screen < F 5 > Loads setup default values < E s c > Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu L e f t o r R i g h t a r r o w Selects the menu item to the left or right U p o r D o w n a r r o w Moves the highlight up or down between ï¬Âelds P a g e D o w n o r â ( m i n u s ) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted ï¬Âeld P a g e U p o r ( p l u s ) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted ï¬Âeld < E n t e r > Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted ﬠeld < F 1 0 > Saves changes and exit
4 - 1 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conï¬Âguration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Speciï¬Âes the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB Usable Memory 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 360K , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 1.2M , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 2.88M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 5 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB Usable Memory 503MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of ï¬Âoppy drive installed. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.]
4 - 1 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Before attempting to conï¬Âgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conï¬Âguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. 4.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Sector and Transfer Mode). These values are not user-conï¬Âgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto]; Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically ï¬Âlls in the correct values for the remaining ï¬Âelds on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. Conï¬Âguration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. Conï¬Âguration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Primary IDE Master [ Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity xxxxx MB Cylinder xxxxx Head xx Sector xx PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Transfer Mode xxxxxxx
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 7 Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. PIO Mode Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode Disables or sets the UDMA mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Transfer Mode Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
4 - 1 8 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial ATA devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SATA device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SATA device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Precomp, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user-conï¬Âgurable. These items show 0 if no SATA device is installed in the system. Extended Drive Selects the type of ï¬Âxed disk connected to the system. Conï¬Âguration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode Sets the sector addressing mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [CAS][LBA][Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Extended IDE Drive [Auto ] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity xxxxx MB Cylinder xxxxx Head xx Precomp xx Landing Zone xx Sector xx Before attempting to conï¬Âgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conï¬Âguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conï¬Âgurable.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 9 Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Precomp Shows the number of precomp per track. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology (SMART) feature. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.7 Installed Memory Shows the size of installed memory. 4.3.8 Usable Memory Shows the size of usable memory.
4 - 2 0 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press Enter to Set. CPU Conï¬Âguration PCIPnP Onboard Device Conï¬Âguration SLI Conï¬Âguration JumperFree Conï¬Âguration PEG Link Mode 4.4.1 CPU Conï¬Âguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help DRAM timing and control CPU Conï¬Âguration CPU Type AMD Sempron(tm)Processor 3000 CPU Speed 1800MHz Cache RAM 128K DRAM Conï¬Âguration Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] AMD K8 CoolâÂÂnâÂÂQuiet control [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect ï¬Âeld values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 1 DRAM Conï¬Âguration The items in this sub-menu show the DRAM-related information auto-detected by the BIOS. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help <Enter> to select DARM conï¬Âguration by Auto] is recommended. [Manual] allows you to set each conï¬Âguration on your own. DRAM Conï¬Âguration Timing Mode [Auto ] x Memclock index value (Mhz) 400Mhz x CAS# latency (Tcl) 3 x Min RAS# active time(Tras) 8T x RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) 3T x Row precharge Time (Trp) 3T x Row cycle time (Trc) 11T x Row refresh cycle time (Trfc) 14T x Read-to-Write time (Trwt) 5T x Write Recovery time (Twr) 3T x 1T/2T Memory Timing 2T S/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping [Enabled} H/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping [Enabled} Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Timing Mode [Auto] Sets the timing mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Manual] Memclock index value (Mhz) Shows the memory clock index value. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. CAS# latency (Tcl) Shows the CAS# latency. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Min RAS# active time (Tras) Shows the minimum RAS# active time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) Shows the RAS# to CAS# delay to Rd/Wr command on the same bank. This item is not conï¬Âgurable.
4 - 2 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Row precharge Time (Trp) Shows the Row precharge time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Row Cycle Time (Trc) Shows the row cycle time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Row Refresh Cycle Time (Trfc) Shows the row refresh cycle time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Read-to-Write time (Trwt) Shows the read-to-write time.This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Write Recovery Time (Twr) Shows the write recovery time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. 1T/2T Memory Timing Shows the memory timing. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. S/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping [Enabled] Enable or disable the S/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] H/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping [Enabled] Enable or disable the S/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Sets the Hyper Transport frequency. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] [Auto] AMD K8 CoolünüQuiet control [Disabled] Enables or disables the AMD Cool ûnü Quiet! technology. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 3 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to conï¬Âgure non-boot devices. Frequency/Voltage control Plug & Play O/S [No] Init Display First [PCI] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.2 PCI PnP Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS conï¬Âgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conï¬Âgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Conï¬Âguration options: [No] [Yes] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically conï¬Âgures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address ï¬Âelds. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Manual] Init Display First [PCI] Allows you to select which graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. Conï¬Âguration options: [PCI] [PCI-E] When the item Resources Controlled By is set to [Auto], the item IRQ Resources is grayed out and not user-conï¬Âgurable. Refer to the section âÂÂIRQ Resourcesâ for information on how to enable this item.
4 - 2 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p IRQ Resources This sub-menu is activated only when the Resources Controlled By item is set to Manual. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus speciï¬Âcation, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the Plug and Play standard whether designed for PCI or ISA bus architecture IRQ Resources IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device ] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-12 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IRQ-xx assigned to When set to [PCI Device], the speciï¬Âc IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Conï¬Âguration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press[Enter] to set Onboard Device Conï¬Âguration IDE Function Setup NVRAID Conï¬Âguration USB Conï¬Âguration Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] ECP MOde Use DMA [3] Game Port Address [201] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port IRQ [10] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.3 Onboard Devices Conï¬Âguration
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 5 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Disable/Enable OnChip IDE Channel 10. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Onboard Device Conï¬Âguration OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] SATA DMA transfer [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 1 controller . Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA 1 and 2 ports. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SATA DMA transfer [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA DMA transfer access. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA 3 and 4 ports. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4 - 2 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA2 DMA transfer access. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE prefetch mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] NVRAID Conï¬Âguration This sub-menu contains NVRAID function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Disable/Enable nVIDIA RAID feature Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced NVRAID Conï¬Âguration RAID Enabled [Disabled] x IDE Primary Master RAID Disabled x IDE Primary Slave RAID Disabled x IDE Secondary Master RAID Disabled x IDE Secondary Slave RAID Disabled x First SATA Master RAID Disabled x Second SATA Master RAID Disabled x Third SATA Master RAID Disabled x Fourth SATA Master RAID Disabled RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller. When Enabled, the succeeding items becomes user-conï¬Âgurable. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the primary or secondary master or slave IDE. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the ï¬Ârst, second, third or fourth SATA master drive. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 7 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Enable/Disable USB2.0 and Legacy Control USB Conï¬Âguration USB Controller [Enabled ] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Conï¬Âguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conï¬Âguration options. USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA î Gigabit LAN controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the onboard AC97 audio controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4 - 2 8 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Normal] [Bi-directional] [EPP] [ECP] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [1] [3] Game Port Address [201] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [201] [209] Midi Port Address [330] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [330] [300] Midi Port IRQ [10] Allows you to set the Midi port IRQ address. Conï¬Âguration options: [5] [10]
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 9 4.4.4 SLI Conï¬Âguration EZ-Plug Warning [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the EZ-Plug warning feature. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SLI Broadcast Aperture [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SLI Broadcast Aperture. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AI Selector [Auto] Allows you to set the AI selector. When set to Auto, the BIOS detects the number of PCI Express graphics cards installed. Set to Single Video Card when using one PCI Express graphics card or set to Dual Video Cards when using two SLI-ready graphics cards. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Single Video Card] [Dual Video Card] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press[Enter] to Enable/ Disable Warning Messagge while the EZ Plug not connected. SLI Conï¬Âguration EZ-Plug Warning [Enabled ] SLI Broadcast Aperture [Disabled] AI-Selector [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced ⢠We recommend to keep the setting of this item to [Auto]. ⢠When not set to [Auto], make sure that the setting is the same as the ASUS AI Selector. If the BIOS setting is not the same as the AI Selector utility, the system follows the latter. ⢠See section âÂÂ5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utilityâ on page 5-35 for details.
4 - 3 0 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p The following items are user-conï¬Âgurable only when the Overclock Proï¬Âle item is set to [Manual]. CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Indicates the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The bus frequency (external frequency) multiplied by the bus multiple equals the CPU speed. The value of this item is auto-detected by BIOS. The values range from 200 to 400. Refer to the following table for the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings. 4.4.5 JumperFree Conï¬Âguration Overclock Proï¬Âle [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking conï¬Âguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock Loads overclocking proï¬Âles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. The ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to select overclock Proï¬Âle. JumperFree Conï¬Âguration Overclock Proï¬Âle [Auto ] x Overclock Options Disable x N.O.S. Option Disable x CPU Frequency 200.00 x PCI Express Clock 100Mhz x DDR Voltage Auto x CPU Multiplier Auto x CPU Voltage Auto x PCI Clock Synchronization Mode Auto Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 3 1 Selecting a very high CPU frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting. PCI Express Clock [100MHz] Allows you to set the PCI Express clock. Key-in a decimal value between 100-200 MHz. Conï¬Âguration options: [100Mhz] [101Mhz~[145Mhz] DDR Voltage [Auto] Sets the operating DDR voltage. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [2.60V] [2.70V] [2.80V] [2.90V] CPU Multiplier [Auto] Sets the operating CPU multiplier. The conï¬Âguration options vary depending on the type of CPU installed. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [x4] [x4.5] [x5] [x5.5] [x6] [x6.5] [x7] [x7.5] [x7.5] [x8] [x8.5] [x9] CPU Voltage [Auto] Sets the operating CPU voltage. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [1.550V] [1.5 375V] [1.525 V] [1.5 125V] [1.500 V] [1. 4875V ] [1.47 5V] [1 .4625 V] [1.4 50V] [ 1.4375 V] [1.4 25V] [ 1.412 5V] [1. 400V] [1.38 75V] [ 1.375V ] [1.3 625V] [1.35 0V] [ 1.3375 V] [1 .325V] [1.3 125V] [1.3 00V] [1.2 875V] [1.2 75V] [ 1.2625 V] [1.2 50V] [ 1.237 5V] [1. 225V] [1.212 5V][1. 200V] [1.1 875V] [1.175 V] [1.1 625V] [1.15 0V] [1. 1375V ][1.12 5V] [1. 1125V ] [1.1 00V] [1.087 5V] [1. 075V] [1.062 5V] [1 .050V] [1.03 75V] [ 1.025V ] [1.0 125V] [1.00 0V] [0.98 75V] [0.97 5V] [ 0.9625 V] [0 .950V] [0.9 375V] [0.9 25V] [ 0.9125 V] [0.9 00V] [ 0.887 5V] [0. 875V] [0.862 5V] [0 .850V] [0.8 375V] [0.825 V] [0.8 125V] [0.80 0V] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] Sets the PCI Clock Synchronization mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [To CPU] [33.33MHz]
4 - 3 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.4.6 PEG Link Mode F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Enhance performance on PCIE serial graphics card. JumperFree Conï¬Âguration PEG Link Mode [Auto ] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced PEG Link Mode [Auto] Allows you to enhance the performance of your PCI Express graphics card. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] The following item is user-conï¬Âgurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI Overclock]. The following item is user-conï¬Âgurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI N.O.S.]. N.O.S. Option [Disable] Sets the Non-Delay Overclocking System mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] Overclock Options [Disabled] Allows you to set the oveclocking options. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] Setting to [Fastest] may cause your system to be unstable. If this happens, revert to [Auto].
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 3 3 PEG Root Control [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Express graphics root control. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Enabled] [Disabled] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Allows you to set the PCI Express graphics buffer length. For optimum performance, set this item to Auto. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Long] [Short] [Medium]
4 - 3 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Conï¬Âguration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conï¬Âguration options. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced Conï¬Âguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Conï¬Âguration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Conï¬Âguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Speciï¬Âc Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPI Suspend Type [ S1&S3] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] APM Conï¬Âguration Hardware Monitor
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 3 5 4.5.3 APM Conï¬Âguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [ENTER] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss. APM Conï¬Âguration Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled ] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant Off] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power-On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) 0 x Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 :0 : 0 Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. Conï¬Âguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the ï¬Ârst try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on.
4 - 3 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date of Month Alarm and Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm items become user-conï¬Âgurable with set values. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] To set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Day of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the speciï¬Âed range then press <Enter>. Conï¬Âguration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] To set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour ï¬Âeld. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <TAB> to move to the minutes ï¬Âeld then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <TAB> to move to the seconds ï¬Âeld then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciï¬Âc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key]
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 3 7 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conï¬Âguration options. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable Hardware Monitor Q-Fan2 Controller [ Disabled] Vcore Voltage [ 1.50V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.31V] 5V Voltage [ 4.94V] 12V Voltage [ 11.26V] CPU Temperature 48úC M/B Temperature 38úC CPU FAN Speed 4962 RPM CHA1 FAN Speed 0 RPM CHIP FAN Speed 5443 RPM x CPU Target Temperature 20úC CPU Fan Speed warning [1600 RPM] CHA1 Fan Speed Warning [Disabled] CHIP Fan Speed warning [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Q-Fan2 Controller [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Q-Fan2 controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. These items are not user-conï¬Âgurable. CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-conï¬Âgurable. CPU Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the Chassis, CPU, and Chip fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the ï¬Âeld shows 0. These items are not user-conï¬Âgurable.
4 - 3 8 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p CPU Target Temperature Allows you to set the temperature threshold before the CPU fan stops. Conï¬Âguration options: [51úC] [54úC] [57úC] [60úC] [63úC] [66úC] [69úC] [72úC] [75úC] [78úC] [81úC] CPU Fan Speed warning [1200 RPM] Allows you to set the CPU fan warning speed. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [800 RPM] [1200 RPM] [1600 RPM] CHA1 Fan Speed warning [Disabled] Allows you to set the chassis fan warning speed. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [500 RPM] [800 RPM] [1200 RPM] CHIP Fan Speed warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chip fan speed warning feature. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 3 9 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press[Enter]to set. Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Conï¬Âguration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Legacy LAN] [Disabled] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Select your boot device priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable ] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power
4 - 4 0 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.6.2 Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Use < âÂÂ> or < âÂÂ> to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Use < âÂÂ> or < âÂÂ> to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Hard Disk Drives 1. Bootable Add-in Cards Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 4 1 4.6.4 Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration Case Open Warning [Enabled ] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open Warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ2.7 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Conï¬Âguration options: [Off] [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to conï¬Âgure the Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the Typematic Delay (Msec). Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and Typematic Delay (Msec) becomes user-conï¬Âgurable only when the item Typematic Rate Setting is enabled.
4 - 4 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key. Conï¬Âguration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. Conï¬Âguration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. Conï¬Âguration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. ⢠See section âÂÂ5.4.1 ASUS MyLogo2â¢â for details. Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Allows you to error report type. Conï¬Âguration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 4 3 4.6.5 Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Supervisor password controls full access, <Enter> to change password. Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password User Password These ï¬Âelds allow you to set passwords: To set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. Type in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, conï¬Ârm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password ï¬Âeld setting is changed to Set. To clear the password: 1. Select the password ï¬Âeld and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password ï¬Âeld setting is changed to Clear.
4 - 4 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery. If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for instructions. Password Check This ï¬Âeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. Conï¬Âguration options: [Setup] [System]
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 4 5 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Once you are ï¬Ânished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conï¬Ârmation window appears. Select Yes to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to ï¬Âelds other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conï¬Ârmation before exiting. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
4 - 4 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conï¬Ârmation window appears. Select Yes to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conï¬Ârmation appears. Select Yes to discard any changes and load the previously saved values.
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 5.1 Installing an operating system .............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ............................................................ 5-9 5.4 RAID conï¬Âgurations ............................................................ 5-20 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-29 5.6 Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-30 5.7 Using the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility ....................................... 5-32 5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utility ...................................... 5-35
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the ï¬Âle ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double- click the ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD. C l i c k a n i t e m t o i n s t a l l 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5 . 2 . 1 R u n n i n g t h e s u p p o r t C D Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. C l i c k a n i c o n t o d i s p l a y s u p p o r t C D / m o t h e r b o a r d i n f o r m a t i o n
5 - 2 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5 . 2 . 2 D r i v e r s m e n u The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. N v i d i a C h i p s e t D r i v e r P r o g r a m Installs the NVIDIA î Chipset drivers for the NVIDIA î nForce⢠4 SLI chipset. M a k e N V I D I A P A T A R A I D D r i v e r D i s k Creates the NVIDIA î driver disk for Serial ATA and PATA RAID features. M a k e N V I D I A S A T A R A I D D r i v e r D i s k Creates the NVIDIA î driver disk for Serial ATA and SATA RAID features. R e a l t e k A L C 8 5 0 D r i v e r Installs the Realtek î ALC850 audio controller and application. A M D C o o l û n ü Q u i e t D r i v e r Installs the AMD Cool ûnü Quiet Driver. U S B 2 . 0 D r i v e r Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver. The screen display and drivers option may not be the same for different operating system versions.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 3 5 . 2 . 3 U t i l i t i e s m e n u The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. N V I D I A C h i p s e t n T u n e U t i l i t y Installs the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility that allows easy and safe system tuning for optimum performance. A S U S P C P r o b e I I This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. A S U S U p d a t e Allows you to download the latest version of the BIOS from the ASUS website. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website. A S U S A I B o o s t e r The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in a Windows î environment. A S U S A I S e l e c t o r The ASUS AI Selector utility allows you to set the video card mode of your system. Refer to 5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector Utility for details.
5 - 4 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t M i c r o s o f t D i r e c t X Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver. The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer. Visit the Microsoft website (www.microsoft.com) for updates. A n t i - v i r u s U t i l i t y The anti-virus application detects and protects your computer from viruses that destroys data. A D O B E A c r o b a t R e a d e r Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader V7.0 that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). A S U S S c r e e n S a v e r Installs the ASUS Screen Saver.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 5 5 . 2 . 4 M a n u a l s m e n u The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. ⢠Most user manual ï¬Âles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual ï¬Âle. ⢠Some user manuals listed in this menu may not be applicable for this motherboard model. N V I D I A F i r e w a l l A d m i n i s t r a t o r ü s G u i d e Allows you to open the NVIDIA î ForceWare Networking and Firewall Administratorüs Guide. N V I D I A R A I D U s e r ü s G u i d e Allows you to open the NVIDIA î RAID Userüs Guide. N V I D I A n T u n e M a n u a l Allows you to open the NVIDIA î nTune⢠userüs manual. N V R A I D D i s k A l e r t U s e r ü s G u i d e Allows you to open the NVIDIA î RAID Disk Alert userüs manual.
5 - 6 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5 . 2 . 5 A S U S C o n t a c t i n f o r m a t i o n Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also ï¬Ând this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5 . 2 . 6 O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the speciï¬Âed information. M o t h e r b o a r d I n f o Displays the general speciï¬Âcations of the motherboard.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 7 B r o w s e t h i s C D Displays the support CD contents in graphical format. T e c h n i c a l s u p p o r t F o r m Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to ï¬Âll out when requesting technical support.
5 - 8 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t F i l e l i s t Displays the contents of the support CD and a brief description of each in text format.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme ï¬Âle that came with the software application for more information. 5 . 3 . 1 A S U S M y L o g o 2 ⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.6 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select O p t i o n s from the drop down menu, then click N e x t . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before ï¬Âashing BIOS, then click N e x t . 4. Select Update BIOS from a ï¬Âle from the drop down menu, then click N e x t . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS ï¬Âle, then click N e x t . The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the Award BIOS Flash utility to make a copy of your original BIOS ï¬Âle, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section âÂÂ4.1.2 Updating the BIOSâÂÂ. ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section âÂÂ4.6.5 Boot Settings Conï¬ÂgurationâÂÂ. ⢠You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP ï¬Âle formats.
5 - 1 0 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, ï¬Âash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After ï¬Âashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 1 5 . 3 . 2 A u d i o c o n f i g u r a t i o n s The Realtek î ALC850 AC û97 audio CODEC provides 6-channel audio capability to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software provides Jack-Sensing function (Line-In, Line-Out, Mic-In), S/PDIF out support and interrupt capability. The ALC850 also includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology for three ports (Line-In, Line-Out and Mic-In), eliminating cable connection errors and giving users plug and play convenience. Follow the installation wizard to install the Realtek ALC850 Audio Driver and Application from the support CD that came with the motherboard package. If the Realtek audio software is correctly installed, you will ï¬Ând the SoundEffect icon on the taskbar. From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundEffect icon to display the Realtek Audio Control Panel. S o u n d E f f e c t o p t i o n s The Realtek î ALC850 Audio CODEC allows you to set your listening environment, adjust the equalizer, set the karaoke, or select pre-programmed equalizer settings for your listening pleasure. The Jack-sensing and UAJ î technology features are supported on the Line-In, Line-Out, and Mic jacks only. R e a l t e k S o u n d E f f e c t i c o n
5 - 1 2 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t S / P D I F o p t i o n The Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) options allows you to change your S/PDIF output settings. To set the S/PDIF options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the SPDIF button. 2. Click the option buttons to change your S/PDIF out settings. 3. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit. To set the sound effect options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Sound Effect button. 2. Click the shortcut buttons to change the acoustic environment, adjust the equalizer, or set the karaoke to your desired settings. 3. The audio settings take effect immediately after you click on the buttons. 4. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 3 S p e a k e r C o n f i g u r a t i o n This option allows you to set your speaker conï¬Âguration. To set the speaker conï¬Âguration: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Speaker Conï¬Âguration button. 2. Select from the combo list box your current speaker setup, then click Auto Test to test your settings. 3. Click the UAJ Automatic button to enable or disable the Universal Audio Jack(UAJ î ) technology feature. 4. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5 - 1 4 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5. When ï¬Ânished, the utility prompts the Realtek î EZ-connection dialog box showing your current audio connections. The text at the bottom of the box explains your audio connection status. An X mark denotes an incorrect connection. A I A u d i o f e a t u r e The AI Audio feature works through the connector sensing option that allows you to check if your audio devices are connected properly. To start the connector sensing: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Connector Sensing button. 2. Click the Bracket button to display connected audio devices. 3. Click the Option button to change sensing options. 4. Click the Start button to start connection sensing. A progress bar displays current connector sensing status. Make sure to exit all audio applications before starting this function.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 5 6. If there are detected problems, make sure that your audio cables are connected to the proper audio jack and repeat connector sensing. 7. Click the X button to exit EZ-connection dialog box. 8. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit audio control panel. H R T F D e m o This option shows a demo of the Head-Related Transfer Functions (HRTF). To start the HRTF demo: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the HRTF Demo button. 2. Click the option buttons to change the sound, moving path or EAX settings. 3. Click the Play button to start or the Stop button to stop. 4. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5 - 1 6 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t R e a r p a n e l a u d i o p o r t s f u n c t i o n v a r i a t i o n The functions of the Line Out (lime), Line In (blue), Mic (pink) ports on the rear panel change when you select the 4-channel or 6-channel audio conï¬Âguration as shown in the table on page 2-20. G e n e r a l s e t t i n g s This option shows the audio settings and allows you to change the language setting or toggle the SoundEffect icon display on the Windows taskbar. To display the general settings: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the General button. 2. Click the option button to enable or disable the icon display on the Windows taskbar. 3. Click the Language combo list box to change language display. 4. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 7 5 . 3 . 3 U s i n g t h e N V I D I A î F i r e w a l l ⢠The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î Firewall⢠(NVFirewallâ¢) application that protects your computer from intruders. The NVFirewall⢠is classiï¬Âed as a personal ï¬Ârewall or desktop ï¬Ârewall that works at the device level to protect your system from malicious computer code by controlling the connections to and from your computer and alerting you for attempted intrusions. The following sections describe how to use the NVIDIA î Firewallâ¢. L a u n c h i n g t h e N V F i r e w a l l ⢠s u m m a r y After you install the NVFirewall⢠application from the motherboard support CD, it is automatically activated with a Medium security proï¬Âle. The setup summary of NVFirewall⢠is displayed in the summary menu. To launch the NVFirewall⢠summary menu: 1. Click the NVIDIA î Firewall⢠icon from the Windows î taskbar. N V I D I A î F i r e w a l l ⢠i c o n 2. Double-click the icon to display the NVFirewall⢠Summary menu. C l i c k t o s e l e c t f i r e w a l l p r o f i l e C l i c k t o v i e w p r o f i l e d e t a i l s C l i c k t o v i e w t h e f i r e w a l l l o g C l i c k t o v i e w t h e f i r e w a l l s t a t s
5 - 1 8 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t S e t t i n g s e c u r i t y p r o f i l e s The NVFirewall⢠application allows several security proï¬Âles to match your system security needs. The following describes the NVFirewall⢠security proï¬Âles: ⢠L o w - allows safe incoming connections and deny those that are known to be dangerous connections. This proï¬Âle also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠M e d i u m - blocks most incoming connections. Incoming connections to some ports must be set to allow ï¬Âle transfers using some online messaging applications. This proï¬Âle also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠H i g h - allows the least trafï¬Âc through. Only outbound connections are allowed. This proï¬Âle also includes the âÂÂstealth modeü feature that makes your system invisible to intruders. This also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠L o c k d o w n - blocks all incoming and outgoing connections. ⢠A n t i - h a c k i n g o n l y - this proﬠle enables all anti-hacking features but disables the ï¬Ârewall. This security proï¬Âle is useful if you want to use a third-party ï¬Ârewall application. ⢠C u s t o m 1 , 2 , 3 - these are reserved for customized proï¬Âles. ⢠O f f - deactivates the ï¬Ârewall. To set a security proï¬Âle: 1. From the NVFirewall⢠summary menu, click the C u r r e n t F i r e w a l l P r o f i l e combo list box then select a security proï¬Âle. The following conï¬Ârmation box appears. 2. Click C h a n g e P r o f i l e to apply settings or Donüt Change Proï¬Âle to return to previous menu.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 9 T u r n i n g t h e N V F i r e w a l l ⢠o f f Take caution when using this option, your computer becomes vulnerable to viruses, hackers or intruders after you turn off the ï¬Ârewall. To turn off the NVFirewallâ¢: 1. From the NVIDIA Firewall⢠summary menu, click the C u r r e n t F i r e w a l l P r o f i l e combo list box then select Off. The following conï¬Ârmation box appears. 2. Click T u r n F i r e w a l l O F F .
5 - 2 0 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5.4 RAID conï¬Âgurations The motherboard comes with the NVIDIA î SLI Southbridge RAID controllers that allow you to conï¬Âgure IDE and Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID conï¬Âgurations. RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conï¬Âguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 conï¬Âguration you get all the beneï¬Âts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conï¬Âgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conï¬Âgured as a RAID set. This conï¬Âguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneï¬Âts. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy ï¬Ârst the RAID driver from the support CD to a ï¬Âoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.6 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 1 5 . 4 . 1 I n s t a l l i n g h a r d d i s k s The motherboard supports Ultra DMA /133/100/66 and Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. I n s t a l l i n g P a r a l l e l A T A h a r d d i s k s To install IDE hard disks for a RAID conï¬Âguration: 1. Set the jumpers of each hard disk as Master/Master or Slave/Slave. 2. Install the hard disks into the drive bays. 3. Connect the HDD signal cables. 4. Connect a 4-pin power cable to the power connector on each drive. I n s t a l l i n g S e r i a l A T A ( S A T A ) h a r d d i s k s To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID conï¬Âguration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID conï¬Âgurations. See section âÂÂ5.2.4 Manuals menuâÂÂ.
5 - 2 2 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5 . 4 . 2 N V I D I A î R A I D c o n f i g u r a t i o n s The motherboard includes a high performance IDE RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, and JBOD with four independent Serial ATA channels. S e t t i n g t h e B I O S R A I D i t e m s After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID conï¬Âguration. To set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility. 2. From the Advanced > Onboard Devices Conï¬Âguration > NVRAID Conï¬Âguration menu item in the BIOS set the RAID Enabled item to Enabled. The succeeding items become user-conï¬Âgurable. 3. Select and enable the IDE or SATA drive(s) that you want to conï¬Âgure as RAID. See section âÂÂ4.4.3 Onboard Devices Conï¬Âgurationâ for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIAî RAID conï¬Âguration, refer to the âÂÂNVIDIA î RAID Userüs Manualâ found in your motherboard support CD.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 3 E n t e r i n g t h e N V I D I A î R A I D u t i l i t y To enter the NVIDIA î RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer. 2. During POST, press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Deï¬Âne a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Del C r e a t i n g a R A I D V o l u m e To create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA î RAID utility Deï¬Âne a New Array menu, select RAID Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning
5 - 2 4 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t TIP: For server systems, we recommend using a lower array block size. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, we recommend a higher array block size for optimum performance. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. Press <TAB> select the Striping Block then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <TAB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] NO 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim âÂÂ
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 5 R e b u i l d i n g a R A I D a r r a y To rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [Ctrl-X]Exit [ âÂÂâÂÂ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
5 - 2 6 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array. The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following conï¬Ârmation message appears. [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 7 D e l e t i n g a R A I D a r r a y To delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <D> to delete a RAID array. The following conï¬Ârmation message appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Yes, the Deï¬Âne a New Array menu appears. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
5 - 2 8 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t C l e a r i n g a d i s k d a t a To clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following conï¬Ârmation message appears. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 9 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A ï¬Âoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers menu appears, select the RAID driver disk you want to create: ⢠C l i c k M a k e N V I D I A R A I D D r i v e r to create an NVIDIA î RAID driver disk. Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility. ⢠Go to \ D r i v e r s \ C h i p s e t \ W I N X P _ 2 K \ D r i v e r _ D i s k for the NVIDIA î RAID driver disk utility. 3. Insert ï¬Âoppy disk to ï¬Âoppy disk drive. 4. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 5. Write-protect the ï¬Âoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the ï¬Âoppy disk with RAID driver into the ï¬Âoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details. Due to chipset limitation, the Serial ATA ports supported by the NVIDIA chipset doesnüt support Serial Optical Disk Drives (Serial ODD) under DOS.
5 - 3 0 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5.6 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically change the CPU speed, voltage, and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. 5 . 6 . 1 E n a b l i n g C o o l û n ü Q u i e t ! ⢠T e c h n o l o g y To enable Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology: 1. Turn on the system and enter BIOS by pressing the <Del> key during the Power On Self-Tests (POST). 2. In the A d v a n c e d > C P U C o n f i g u r a t i o n > A M D C P U C o o l & Q u i e t C o n f i g u r a t i o n menu, select the item Cool NüQuiet and set it to Enabled. See section âÂÂ4.4 Advanced Menuâ in the user guide. 3. In the P o w e r menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to Yes. See section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in the user guide. 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Option Properties depending on your operating system. W i n d o w s î 2 0 0 0 / X P 1. From the Windows î 2000/XP operating system, click the Start button. Select Settings, then Control Panel. 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View. 3. Double-click the Display icon in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver tab. 4. Click the P o w e r . . . button. The following dialog box appears. 5. From the Power schemes combo list box, select Minimal Power Management. 6. Click O K to effect settings. Make sure to install the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠driver and application before using this feature.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 3 1 5 . 6 . 2 L a u n c h i n g t h e C o o l û n ü Q u i e t ! ⢠s o f t w a r e The motherboard support CD includes the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠software that enables you to view your systemüs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. To launch the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows î 98SE/ME/2000, click the Start button. Select P r o g r a m s > A S U S > C o o l & Q u i e t > C o o l & Q u i e t . 2. If you are using Windows î XP, click the Start button. Select A l l P r o g r a m s > A S U S > C o o l & Q u i e t > C o o l & Q u i e t . 3. The Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU Voltage. Make sure to install the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâÂÂ, for details.
5 - 3 2 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5.7 Using the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility that allows easy and safe system tuning for optimum performance. This utility provides the safest and easiest way to tweak voltages or change system bus speeds and memory timings for maximum system performance. Follow the NVIDIA Chipset Driver Program installation wizard to install the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility from the motherboard support CD. After you have successfully installed the utility in your computer, launch the nTune⢠utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking S t a r t > A l l P r o g r a m s > N V I D I A C o r p o r a t i o n > n T u n e > n T u n e from the Windows î taskbar. 5 . 7 . 1 M a n a g i n g y o u r n F o r c e ⢠s y s t e m The Manage my nForce⢠system menu allows you to benchmark and automatically tune your system, manage your nTune⢠proï¬Âles, monitor your system, troubleshoot performance, create a log, get online support or update the BIOS. This menu also provides shortcuts to manage your nForceware⢠settings. C l i c k t o l a u n c h M a n a g e m y n F o r c e ⢠s y s t e m m e n u
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 3 3 5 . 7 . 2 C l o c k c o n t r o l The Clock control menu allows dynamic modiï¬Âcations for system bus speeds and memory controller timing. The system bus speed includes the front side bus (FSB) and AGP bus. C l i c k t o l a u n c h t h e C l o c k c o n t r o l m e n u 5 . 7 . 3 V o l t a g e / F a n c o n t r o l The Voltage/Fan control menu allows tweaking options for the CPU and memory voltage. This menu also allows dynamic modiï¬Âcations for the CPU and auxiliary fan speeds. C l i c k t o l a u n c h t h e V o l t a g e / F a n m e n u
5 - 3 4 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5 . 7 . 4 I n f o r m a t i o n The information page displays related information about the processor, memory, motherboard, nForce⢠proï¬Âle, version information, and the calculated system performance results. 5 . 7 . 5 O t h e r o p t i o n s Other option buttons allow you to easily save or revert your settings and save or load nTune⢠proï¬Âles. C l i c k t o l a u n c h t h e I n f o r m a t i o n p a g e C l i c k t o s a v e s e t t i n g s a n d e x i t C l i c k t o s a v e s e t t i n g s o n l y C l i c k t o r e v e r t c h a n g e s C l i c k t o l o a d s a v e d n T u n e ⢠p r o f i l e C l i c k t o s a v e s e t t i n g s i n a p r o f i l e
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 3 5 5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utility The motherboard support CD comes with the ASUS AI Selector that allows you to set the video card mode of your system. Follow the AI Selector installation wizard to install the AI Selector utility from the motherboard support CD. Use this utility only when you have two graphics cards installed in your system. 5 . 8 . 1 L a u n c h i n g t h e A S U S A I S e l e c t o r After you have successfully installed the utility in your computer, launch the AI Selector utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking S t a r t > A l l P r o g r a m s > A S U S > A I S e l e c t o r > A I S e l e c t o r from the Windows î taskbar. C l i c k f o r h e l p C l i c k t o m i n i m i z e C l i c k t o e x i t C l i c k t o s e l e c t S L I m o d e R o t a t e k n o b t o s e l e c t S L I m o d e S i n g l e V i d e o C a r d m o d e - the primary (blue) PCI Express x16 slot works at the bandwidth of PCI Express x16. D u a l V i d e o C a r d m o d e - the primary (blue) and secondary (black) PCI Express x16 slots runs in x8 mode. The combined bandwidth of these maintain the bandwidth of PCI Express x16. V i d e o c a r d s t a t u s
5 - 3 6 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t Click Yes to implement settings and restart your system or No to return to the AI Selector menu. The utility prompts you to restart your system after setting the video card mode. 5 . 8 . 2 U s i n g t h e S L I m o d e To use SLI mode: 1. Set the SLI Multi-GPU feature in Display Properties. See section âÂÂ6.2.4 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windowsâ on page 6-7 for details. 2. Select Dual video card. 3. When prompted, click Yes to restart your system. ⢠When the SLI mode is disabled, the multi-monitor feature is automatically enabled. Use the NVIDIA nView utility to conï¬Âgure your multi-monitor setup. ⢠Refer to section âÂÂ4.4.4 SLI Conï¬Âgurationâ on page 4-29 for BIOS details.
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics cards setup ..................................................... 6-3
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 6 - 1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) technology that allows you to install two identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. R e q u i r e m e n t s ⢠You should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiï¬Âed. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ7. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-25 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA SLI technology supports Windows î XP⢠operating system only. ⢠Visit the NVIDIA website for the supported 3D applications. ⢠Visit the NVIDIA zone website (http://www.nzone.com) for the latest certiï¬Âed graphics card list.
6 - 2 C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t 6 . 2 . 1 I n s t a l l i n g S L I - r e a d y g r a p h i c s c a r d s G o l d f i n g e r s Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are ASUS and NVIDIA î certiï¬Âed. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly. To install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare two graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldï¬Ângers for the SLI connector. 2. Remove the metal bracket covers opposite the two PCI Express x16 slots. 6.2 Dual graphics card setup
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 6 - 3 4. Insert the second graphics card into the black slot labeled PCIEX16_2. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. If required, connect an auxiliary power source to the PCI Express graphics cards. 3. Insert one graphics card into the blue slot labeled PCIEX16_1. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6 - 4 C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t 5. Align and insert the SLI ï¬Âexible cable connectors to the goldï¬Ângers on each graphics card. Make sure that the SLI ï¬Âexible cable connectors are ï¬Ârmly in place. 6. If using a 20-pin ATX power connector, connect a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug⢠labeled EZ_PLUG on your motherboard. The onboard red warning LED lights up if you do not plug a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug. S L I f l e x i b l e c a b l e A S U S E Z P l u g ⢠7. Connect a VGA cable or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card installed on the blue PCI Express slot.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 6 - 5 Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). 6 . 2 . 2 I n s t a l l i n g t h e d e v i c e d r i v e r s Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. 6 . 2 . 3 I n s t a l l i n g t h e A S U S A I S e l e c t o r u t i l i t y Install the ASUS AI Selector utility using the motherboard support CD. Follow the steps described in section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ and âÂÂ5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector Utilitiesâ for how to use the ASUS AI Selector utility.
6 - 6 C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t N V I D I A S e t t i n g s i c o n To enable the multi-GPU feature: 1. Click the NVIDIA Settings icon on your Windows taskbar. 2. From the pop-up menu, select n V i e w D e s k t o p M a n a g e r then click nView Properties. 6 . 2 . 4 E n a b l i n g t h e m u l t i - G P U f e a t u r e i n W i n d o w s After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the Multi-Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) feature in the NVIDIA nView properties. 3. From the nView Desktop Manager window, select the D e s k t o p M a n a g e m e n t tab. 4. Click P r o p e r t i e s to display the Display Properties dialog box.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 6 - 7 7. Click the slider to display the following screen, then select the S L I m u l t i - G P U item. S l i d e r 5. From the Display Properties dialog box, select the Settings tab then click A d v a n c e d . 6. Select the N V I D I A G e F o r c e tab.
6 - 8 C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t 8. Click the E n a b l e S L I m u l t i - G P U check box. 9. Click O K when done. 6 . 2 . 5 S e t t i n g t h e A S U S A I S e l e c t o r u t i l i t y From the AI Selector utility, select Dual Video Cards then click Yes to restart your system. Refer to Table 1 below for the AI Selector card settings. T a b l e 1 A I S e l e c t o r s e t t i n g s AI Selector setting PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot Card Type Speed Card Type Speed Single Video Card Qualiï¬Âed PCIe x16 x16 - - graphics card SLI mode Qualiï¬Âed SLI-ready x8 Qualiï¬Âed SLI-ready x8 Dual Video graphics cards graphics card Card Multi-monitor, Qualiï¬Âed PCIe x16 x8 Qualiï¬Âed PCIe x8, x4, RAID or LAN graphics card graphics card, x2, x1 setup RAID or LAN card ⢠When the SLI mode is disabled, the multi-monitor mode is automatically enabled. Use the NVIDIA nView utility to conï¬Âgure your multi-monitor setup. ⢠See section âÂÂ5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utilityâ on page 5-35 for details.
i i Copyright é 2005 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiï¬Âed or altered, unless such repair , modiï¬Âcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED T O THE IMPLIED W ARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT T O CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiï¬Âcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneï¬Ât, without intent to infringe. E 2 2 5 2 R e v i s e d E d i t i o n V 1 S e p t e m b e r 2 0 0 5
i i i Contents Notices ............................................................................................... viii Safety information .............................................................................. ix About this guide ................................................................................... x How this guide is organized ...................................................... x Where to ï¬Ând more information .............................................. xi Conventions used in this guide ................................................ xi Typography ......................................................................................... xi A8N-SLI SE speciï¬Âcations summary .................................................... xii Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ........................................ 1-4 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-5 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................. 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-3 2.2.4 Layout Contents ..................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.3.1 Overview ................................................................. 2-6 2.3.2 Installing the CPU .................................................... 2-6 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan ................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory .................................................................. 2-11 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-11 2.4.2 Memory Conï¬Âgurations ......................................... 2-11 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 2-14 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM .................................................. 2-14 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-15 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-15
i v Contents 2.5.2 Conï¬Âguring an expansion card .............................. 2-15 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ........................................... 2-16 2.5.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 2-16 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x16 slots .................................... 2-17 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 2-17 2.5.7 Universal PCIe slot (PCI Express x4 slot) .............. 2-17 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-18 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-19 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-19 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-21 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the ï¬Ârst time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer ................................................... 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch ..................... 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk .............................. 4-1 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS ................................................... 4-2 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS ï¬Âle .................................... 4-4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility ............................................... 4-7 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program ............................................................ 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Legend bar ............................................................ 4-13 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items .................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Conï¬Âguration ï¬Âelds ............................................... 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window ...................................................... 4-14 4.2.8 General help .......................................................... 4-14 4.3 Main menu ........................................................................... 4-15
v Contents 4.3.1 System Time ........................................................ 4-15 4.3.2 System Date ........................................................ 4-15 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ............................................... 4-15 4.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 4-16 4.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master ............ 4-18 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring ......................................... 4-19 4.3.7 Installed Memory ................................................... 4-19 4.3.8 Usable Memory ...................................................... 4-19 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-20 4.4.1 CPU Conï¬Âguration ................................................. 4-20 4.4.2 PCI PnP .................................................................. 4-23 4.4.3 Onboard Devices Conï¬Âguration ............................. 4-24 4.4.4 SLI Conï¬Âguration ................................................... 4-29 4.4.5 JumperFree Conï¬Âguration ..................................... 4-30 4.4.6 PEG Link Mode ....................................................... 4-32 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-34 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type ............................................... 4-34 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-34 4.5.3 APM Conï¬Âguration ................................................ 4-35 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor .................................................. 4-37 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-39 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-39 4.6.2 Removable Drives .................................................. 4-40 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives .................................................... 4-40 4.6.4 Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration ................................ 4-41 4.6.5 Security ................................................................. 4-43 4.7 Exit menu ............................................................................ 4-45 Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system .............................................. 5-1
v i 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD .......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ........................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-3 5.2.4 Manuals menu ......................................................... 5-5 5.2.5 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 5-6 5.2.6 Other information ................................................... 5-6 5.3 Software information ............................................................ 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠..................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 Audio conï¬Âgurations ............................................. 5-11 5.3.3 Using the NVIDIA î Firewall⢠.................................. 5-17 5.4 RAID conï¬Âgurations ............................................................ 5-20 5.4.1 Installing hard disks ............................................... 5-21 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conï¬Âgurations ................................. 5-22 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-29 5.6 Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-30 5.6.1 Enabling Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology ................... 5-30 5.6.2 Launching the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠software .............. 5-31 5.7 Using the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility ....................................... 5-32 5.7.1 Managing your nForce⢠system ............................ 5-32 5.7.2 Clock control ......................................................... 5-33 5.7.3 Voltage/Fan control .............................................. 5-33 5.7.4 Information ........................................................... 5-34 5.7.5 Other options ........................................................ 5-34 5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utility ...................................... 5-35 5.8.1 Launching the ASUS AI Selector ........................... 5-35 5.8.2 Using the SLI mode ............................................... 5-36 Chapter 6: SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics card setup ...................................................... 6-2 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards .......................... 6-2 Contents
v i i 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers .................................... 6-5 6.2.3 Installing the ASUS AI Selector utility ..................... 6-5 6.2.4 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows ............ 6-6 6.2.5 Setting the ASUS AI Selector utility ....................... 6-8
v i i i Notices F e d e r a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s C o m m i s s i o n S t a t e m e n t This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerüs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. C a n a d i a n D e p a r t m e n t o f C o m m u n i c a t i o n s S t a t e m e n t This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiï¬Âcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userüs authority to operate this equipment.
i x Safety information E l e c t r i c a l s a f e t y ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. O p e r a t i o n s a f e t y ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer.
x About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conï¬Âguring the motherboard. H o w t h i s g u i d e i s o r g a n i z e d This manual contains the following parts: ⢠C h a p t e r 1 : P r o d u c t i n t r o d u c t i o n This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠C h a p t e r 3 : P o w e r i n g u p This chapter describes the power up sequence, and the ways of shutting down the system. ⢠C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. ⢠A p p e n d i x : I n s t a l l a t i o n o p t i o n s This appendix describes how to install optional accessories to your motherboard.
x i C o n v e n t i o n s u s e d i n t h i s g u i d e To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt Del> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: awdï¬Âash A8NSLISE.ROM W h e r e t o f i n d m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1 . A S U S w e b s i t e s The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2 . O p t i o n a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty ï¬Âyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
x i i A8N-SLI SE speciï¬Âcations summary (continued on the next page) C P U C h i p s e t S y s t e m B u s M e m o r y E x p a n s i o n s l o t s S c a l a b l e L i n k I n t e r f a c e ( S L I ⢠) S t o r a g e A I O v e r c l o c k i n g Socket 939 for AMD Athlon⢠64FX/AMD Athlon⢠64/ AMD Athlon 64X2 Processor Supports AMD 64 architecture that enables simultaneous 32-bit and 64-bit architecture Supports AMD î Cool ûnü Quiet! Technology NVIDIA î nForce⢠4 SLI Supports NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface⢠(SLI) technology 1600/2000 MT per second Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 184-pin DIMM sockets support ECC/non-ECC unbufferred 400/333/266 MHz DDR memory modules Supports up to 4 GB system memory 2 x PCI Express x16 slots with Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) support 1 x PCI Express x1 slot 1 x PCI Express x4 slot running at 2x bandwidth that supports X1 and X4 add-on cards 3 x PCI slots SLI⢠mode supports: - 2 x identical SLIâ¢-ready PCI Express x16 graphics cards (Note: In SLI mode, the PCI Express x16 slots work at the bandwidth of PCI Express x8. The combined bandwidth of these maintain the bandwidth of PCI Express x16.) Single card mode supports (default): - 1 x a ny PC I E x pr e ss x1 6 g r a ph i cs ca r d o n t he ï¬Âr s t s lo t ASUS AI Selector ASUS EZ Plug⢠ASUS Two-slot thermal design NVIDIA î nForce⢠4 SLI chipset supports: - 2 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 - 4 x Serial ATA devices - RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, and JBOD that spans across the Serial ATA and Parallel ATA drives AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS AI Overclocking (Intelligent CPU frequency tuner) ASUS PEG Link for single/dual graphics card Fixed PCI Express/PCI/SATA frequencies ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall)
x i i i A8N-SLI SE speciï¬Âcations summary S p e c i a l f e a t u r e s I n t e r n a l c o n n e c t o r s L A N A I A u d i o U S B R e a r p a n e l B I O S f e a t u r e s ASUS AI Selector ASUS EZFlash ASUS Q-Fan2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS SLI Warning LED ASUS EZ Plug 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 2 x IDE connectors 4 x Serial ATA connectors 1 x CPU fan connector 1 x Power fan connector 1 x Chassis fan connector 1 x Chipset fan connector 1 x Serial port connector (COM port) 1 x 24-pin ATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector 1 x 4-pin ASUS EZ Plug⢠connector 3 x USB 2.0 connectors for 6 additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Internal audio connectors (CD\AUX) 1 x GAME/MIDI connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x Front panel audio connector System panel connector NVIDIA î nForce⢠4 built-in Gigabit MAC with external PHY supports: - NV ActiveArmor - NV Firewall Realtek î ALC850 6-channel CODEC 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port Supports Universal Audio Jack (UAJ î ) Technology Supports Audio Sensing and Enumeration Technology Supports up to 10 USB 2.0 ports 1 x Parallel port 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port 4 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port 6-channel audio ports 4 Mb Flash ROM, Phoenix-Award BIOS, PnP, DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 (continued on the next page)
x i v A8N-SLI SE speciï¬Âcations summary P o w e r R e q u i r e m e n t F o r m F a c t o r S u p p o r t C D c o n t e n t s ATX power supply (with 24-pin and 4-pin 12 V plugs) ATX 12 V 2.0 compliant ATX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.4 cm) Device drivers ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Live Update utility ASUS CoolünüQuiet! utility Anti-virus utility (OEM version) NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility *Speciï¬Âcations are subject to change without notice.
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 1 - 1 1.1 Welcome! T h a n k y o u f o r b u y i n g a n A S U S î A 8 N - S L I S E m o t h e r b o a r d ! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS A8N-SLI SE motherboard Cables 2 x Serial ATA signal cables Serial ATA power cable with dual plugs Ultra DMA/133 cable 40-conductor IDE cable Floppy disk drive cable Accessories I/O shield SLI⢠ï¬Âexible cable USB2.0 2-port module Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation User guide
1 - 2 C h a p t e r 1 : P r o d u c t i n t r o d u c t i o n 1.3 Special features 1 . 3 . 1 P r o d u c t h i g h l i g h t s L a t e s t p r o c e s s o r t e c h n o l o g y The AMD Athlon⢠64FX, Athlon⢠64 and Athlon 64x2 desktop processors are based on AMDüs 64-bit and 32-bit architecture, which represents the landmark introduction of the industryüs ï¬Ârst x86-64 technology. These processors provide a dramatic leap forward in compatibility, performance, investment protection, and reduced total cost of ownership and development. See page 2-6 for details. S c a l a b l e L i n k I n t e r f a c e ( S L I ⢠) t e c h n o l o g y The NVIDIA î nForce4 î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology allows two graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. This technology takes advantage of the PCI Express⢠bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software solutions that allows multiple GPUs to work together and achieve exceptional graphics performance. See Chapter 6 for details. B u i l t - i n N V F i r e w a l l ⢠a n d N V A c t i v e A r m o r ⢠The NVIDIA î Firewall⢠(NV Firewallâ¢) is an easy-to-use high-performance desktop ï¬Ârewall application that protects your system from intruders. Integrated into the NVIDIA î nForce4 î SLI⢠chipset with the NVIDIA î Gigabit Ethernet, it provides advanced anti-computer-hacking technologies, remote management capabilities, and a user-friendly setup wizard that improves overall system security. Enhancing your network security is the NVIDIA î ActiveArmor⢠(NV ActiveArmorâ¢) engine that provides advanced data packet inspection. This innovative technology ensures that only safe data packets are passed on the network. It boosts overall system performance by ofï¬Âoading the CPU from the rigorous task of ï¬Âltering data packets. See page 5-17 for details. A M D C o o l û n ü Q u i e t ! ⢠T e c h n o l o g y The motherboard supports the AMD Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically changes the CPU speed, voltage and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. See pages 4-22 and 5-31.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 1 - 3 H y p e r T r a n s p o r t ⢠T e c h n o l o g y HyperTransport⢠Technology is a high-speed, low latency, point-to-point link designed to increase the communication speed between integrated circuits in computers, networking and telecommunicatons equipment up to 48 times faster than other existing technologies. D u a l C h a n n e l D D R m e m o r y s u p p o r t Employing the Double Data Rate (DDR) memory technology, the motherboard supports up to 4GB of system memory using DDR400/333/266 DIMMs. The ultra-fast 400MHz memory bus delivers the required bandwidth for the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. See page 2-11. S e r i a l A T A I I t e c h n o l o g y The mo the rbo ard sup por ts t he next-generation Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the NVIDIA î SLI⢠chipset. The SATA 3Gb/s speciï¬Âcation provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial ATA products with a host of new features including Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, and Hot Swap. Additionally, Serial ATA allows thinner, more ï¬Âexible cables with lower pin count, and reduced voltage requirement. See pages 2-21. R A I D S o l u t i o n The NVIDIA î nForce4 î SLI⢠allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1 and JBOD conï¬Âguration for four SATA and two PATA connectors. See pages 2-21 and 5-22 for details. P C I E x p r e s s ⢠i n t e r f a c e Th e m o th er b oa rd fu ll y s up p or ts PC I E xp r es s, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI speciï¬Âcations. See page 2-15 and 2-16 for details. S / P D I F d i g i t a l s o u n d r e a d y The mo the rbo ard sup por ts t he S/P DIF Out fu nct ion thr oug h th e S /PD IF int erf ace s o n th e r ear pan el. Th e S /PDI F t ech nolo gy tur ns y our co mpu ter int o a hi gh- end ent ert ainm ent sy ste m wi th dig ital co nne ctiv ity to po werf ul aud io and sp eake r s yst ems. Se e p age 2-18 for details.
1 - 4 C h a p t e r 1 : P r o d u c t i n t r o d u c t i o n 1 . 3 . 2 A S U S P r o a c t i v e f e a t u r e s A I N O S ⢠( N o n - D e l a y O v e r c l o c k i n g S y s t e m ) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-30 for details. A I A u d i o t e c h n o l o g y The motherboard supports 6-channel audio through the onboard ALC850 CODEC with 16-bit DAC, a stereo 16-bit ADC, and an AC97 2.3 compatible multi-channel audio designed for PC multimedia systems. It also provides Jack-Sensing function, S/PDIF out support, interrupt capability and includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology. See pages 2-18, 2-19 and 5-11 for details. U S B 2 . 0 t e c h n o l o g y The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 speciï¬Âcation, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See page 2-18 and 2-23 for details. T e m p e r a t u r e , f a n , a n d v o l t a g e m o n i t o r i n g The CPU temperature is monitored by the ASIC (integrated in the Winbond Super I/O) to prevent overheating and damage. The system fan rotations per minute (RPM) is monitored for timely failure detection. The ASIC monitors the voltage levels to ensure stable supply of current for critical components. See section âÂÂ4.5.4 Hardware Monitorâ on page 4-37.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 1 - 5 1 . 3 . 3 I n n o v a t i v e A S U S f e a t u r e s A S U S A I S e l e c t o r The AI Selector allows you to set the video card mode of your system. This utility works when you have two graphics cards installed in your system. See page 5-35 for details. A S U S E Z P l u g ⢠This patented ASUS technology is a 4-pin auxiliary 12V connector that is designed to maintain the voltage integrity of your system. This plug guarantees adequate supply of power to the motherboard and other installed peripherals. See page 6-4 for illustration. A S U S T w o - s l o t t h e r m a l d e s i g n The motherboard is designed with one PCI Express x1 slots and PCI Express x4 slots placed between the PCI Express x16 slots allowing an increase in airï¬Âow between the two PCI Express x16 graphics cards. This special design permits more room for ventilation thus lowering the overall system temperature. C r a s h F r e e B I O S 2 Thi s f eat ure all ows yo u to re sto re the ori gin al B IOS da ta f rom th e s uppo rt CD in cas e wh en the BI OS c ode s a nd d ata ar e c orru pte d. This pr ote cti on eli min ate s t he n eed to buy a rep lac emen t R OM chip . S ee page 4- 5 for details. A S U S Q - F a n 2 t e c h n o l o g y The ASUS Q-Fan2 technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efï¬Âcient operation. See page 4-37 for details. A S U S M y L o g o 2 ⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See page 5-9 for details.
1 - 6 C h a p t e r 1 : P r o d u c t i n t r o d u c t i o n
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.4 System memory .................................................................. 2-11 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-17 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-18
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. The red warning LED lights up when you installed two graphics card but did not connect the ASUS EZ Plugâ¢. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LEDs. 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ7. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-25 for details. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. A8N-S LI SE î A8N-SLI SE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off W ARN_LED When use 2 Graphics but do not plug EZ-PLU G ON OFF When use 2 Graphics but do plug EZ-PLUG If you are using a 24-pin power connector, you may ignore the warning LED.
2 - 2 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conï¬Âguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard ï¬Âts into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2 . 2 . 1 P l a c e m e n t d i r e c t i o n When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 2 . 2 . 2 S c r e w h o l e s Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. A8N -SL I S E î Place this side towards the rear of the chassis
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 3 2 . 2 . 3 M o t h e r b o a r d l a y o u t Bottom:Mic In Center:Line Out T o p:Line In P ANEL A8 N -S L I SE R CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power AUX FP_AUDIO GAME CHASSIS PRI_IDE SEC_IDE EA TXPWR COM1 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CPU_F AN Socket 939 DDR DIMM_B1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A2 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_B2 (64 bit,184-pin module) CHA2_F AN F_USB1 2 PWR_F AN FLOPPY Super I/O 4Mb BIOS PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Keyboard P ARALLEL PORT SPDIF_O LAN_USB3 4 CD WARN_LED EZ_PLUG ALC850 PC I EX 1 6_ 1 PC IE X1 _1 PC I EX 1 6_ 2 PC I 1 PC I 2 PC I 3 Gigabit PHY CLRTC USB78 USB56 USB910 SA T A1 SA T A2 SA T A3 SA T A4 CHA1_F AN A T X12V NV ID IA nForce4 SLI CHIP_F AN SB_PWR PC IE X4 _1
2 - 4 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 2 . 4 L a y o u t C o n t e n t s Slots Page 1. DDR DIMM slots 2-11 2. PCI slots 2-16 3. PCI Express x16 slot 2-17 4. PCI Express x1 slot 2-17 5. PCI Express x4 slot 2-17 Jumpers Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC1) 2-18 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-19 2. Parallel port 2-19 3. LAN (RJ-45) port 2-19 4. Line In port (light blue) 2-19 5. Line Out port (lime) 2-19 6. Microphone port (pink) 2-19 7. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-19 8. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-19 9. Coaxial S/PDIF out port 2-19 10. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-20
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 5 Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-21 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, 40-1 pin SEC_IDE) 2-21 3. nForce 4 Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) 2-22 4. CPU, Chassis, Chipset and Power fan connectors(3-pin CPU_FAN, 2-23 3-pin CHA2_FAN, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA1_FAN) 5. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-24 6. USB headers (10-1 USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-24 7 ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR1, 4-pin ATX12V1, 4-pin EZ_PLUG) 2-25 8. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) 2-26 9. GAME/MIDI connector (16-1 pin GAME) 2-26 10. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-27 11. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) 2-27 12. System panel connectors (20-1 pin PANEL) 2-28 - System Power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) - Hard Disk activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) - System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) - Power/Soft-off button(Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) - Reset switch (Blue 2-pin RESET)
2 - 6 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 3 . 2 I n s t a l l i n g t h e C P U To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) 2 . 3 . 1 O v e r v i e w The motherboard comes with a surface mount 939-pin Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64FX, AMD Athlon⢠64 or AMD Athlon⢠64X2 processor. The 128-bit-wide data paths of these processors can run applications faster than processors with only 32-bit or 64-bit wide data paths. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. Take note of the marked corner (with gold triangle) on the CPU. This mark should match a speciï¬Âc corner on the socket to ensure correct installation. Gold triangle A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE CPU Socket 939
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it ï¬Âts in place. 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90ð-100ð angle. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to 90ð-100ð angle, otherwise the CPU does not ï¬Ât in completely. The CPU ï¬Âts only in one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the pins and damaging the CPU! 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. G o l d t r i a n g l e S m a l l t r i a n g l e S o c k e t L e v e r
2 - 8 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 3 . 3 I n s t a l l i n g t h e h e a t s i n k a n d f a n The AMD Athlon⢠64FX, AMD Athlon⢠64X2 or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor require a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. Follow these steps to install the CPU heatsink and fan. 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink ï¬Âts properly on the retention module base. R e t e n t i o n M o d u l e B a s e C P U H e a t s i n k R e t e n t i o n b r a c k e t l o c k R e t e n t i o n b r a c k e t Make sure that you use only qualiï¬Âed heatsink and fan assembly. ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠You do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Your boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter. C P U F a n
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly ï¬Âts the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place.
2 - 1 0 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE CPU Fan Connector CPU_F AN GND Rotation 12V
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 1 2.4 System memory 2 . 4 . 1 O v e r v i e w The motherboard comes with four 184-pin Double Data Rate (DDR) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. The following ï¬Âgure illustrates the location of the sockets: 2 . 4 . 2 M e m o r y C o n f i g u r a t i o n s You may install 256 MB, 512 MB and 1 GB unbuffered ECC or non-ECC DDR DIMMs into the DIMM sockets using the memory conï¬Âgurations in this section. ⢠For dual-channel conï¬Âguration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same for better performance (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2=DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠When using one DDR DIMM module, install into DIMM_B1 slot only. ⢠When using two DDR DIMM modules, install into DIMM_A1 and DIMM_B1 slots only. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR400 Qualiï¬Âed Vendors List on the next page for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 4 GB of system memory when you installed four 1 GB DDR memory modules. ⢠Due to CPU limitation, DIMM modules with 128 Mb memory chips or double-sided x16 memory chips are not supported in this motherboard. Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE 184-pin DDR DIMM Sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2
2 - 1 2 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n D D R 4 0 0 Q u a l i f i e d V e n d o r s L i s t � DIMMsupport Size Vendor Model CL Brand Side(s) Component A B C 1024MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/1G 3 N/A DS HYB25D512800BE-5B ⢠⢠⢠1024MB CORSAIR TWINX2048-3200C2 N/A N/A DS N/A ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Transcend TS128MLD64V4J 3 SAMSUNG DS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 N/A Hynix SS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 N/A Hynix DS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/256 N/A Mosel SS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/512 N/A Mosel DS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 N/A Inï¬Âneon SS HYB25D256800BT-5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 N/A Inï¬Âneon DS HYB25D256809BT-5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 N/A KINGSTON SS D3208DL2T-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 N/A KINGSTON DS D328DIB-50 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KHX3200A/512 3 N/A DS N/A ⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M381L3223ETM-CCC 3ECC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M381L6423ETM-CCC N/A SAMSUNG DS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223ETM-CCC N/A SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223FTN-CCC 4 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6423FTN-CCC 4 SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6523BTM-CCC 4 SAMSUNG SS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB MICRON MT8VDDT3264AG-40BCB N/A MICRON SS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON MT16VDDT6464AG-40BCB N/A MICRON DS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠256MB Inï¬Âneon HYS64D32300HU-5-C 3 Inï¬Âneon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠512MB Inï¬Âneon HYS64D64320HU-5-C N/A Inï¬Âneon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠256MB CORSAIR CMX256A-3200C2PT 2 Winbond SS W942508BH-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB CORSAIR VS512MB400 2.5 VALUE seLecT DS VS32M8-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB CORSAIR CMX512-3200C2 3 N/A DS N/A ⢠⢠256MB Hynix HYMD232645D8J-D43 3 Hynix SS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HYMD264646D8J-D43 3 Hynix DS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠256MB GEIL GE2563200B 2-6-3-3 GEIL SS GL3LC32G88TG-5A ⢠⢠⢠512MB GEIL GE5123200B 2-6-3-3 GEIL DS GL3LC32G88TG-5A ⢠⢠⢠256MB GEIL GD3200-256V 2.5-8-4-4 GEIL SS GLIL DDR 32M8 ⢠⢠⢠512MB GEIL GD3200-512V 2.5-8-4-4 GEIL DS GLIL DDR 32M8 ⢠⢠⢠256MB TwinMOS M2G9I08AIATT9F081AADT 2.5 TwinMOS SS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠512MB TwinMOS M2G9J16AJATT9F081AADT 2.5 TwinMOS DS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠256MB TwinMOS M2G9I08A8ATT9F081AADT 2.5 TwinMOS SS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠512MB TwinMOS M2G9J16A8ATT9F081AADT 2.5 TwinMOS DS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠256MB Transcend TS32MLD64V4F3 3 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB Transcend TS64MLD64V4F3 3 SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB Apacer 77.10636.33G 3 Inï¬Âneon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠512MB Apacer 77.10736.33G 3 Inï¬Âneon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠256MB Apacer 77.10639.60G 2.5 ProMOS SS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB Apacer 77.10739.60G 2.5 ProMOS DS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB A DATA MDOSS6F3G31Y0K1E0Z 3 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB A DATA MDOSS6F3H41Y0N1E0Z 3 SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB A DATA MDOHY6F3G31Y0N1E0Z 3 Hynix SS HY5DU56822CT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB A DATA MDOHY6F3H41Y0N1E0Z 3 Hynix DS HY5DU56822CT-D43 ⢠⢠256MB A DATA MDOAD5F3G31Y0D1E02 2.5 N/A SS ADD8608A8A-5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB A DATA MDOAD5F3H41Y0D1E02 2.5 N/A DS ADD8608A8A-5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB Winbond W9425GCDB-5 3 Winbond SS W942508CH-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Winbond W9451GCDB-5 N/A Winbond DS W942508CH-5 ⢠⢠⢠256MB PSC AL5D8B53T-5B1K 2.5 PSC SS A2S56D30BTP ⢠⢠⢠512MB PSC AL6D8B53T-5B1K 2.5 PSC DS A2S56D30BTP ⢠⢠⢠256MB KINGMAX MPXB62D-38KT3R N/A N/A SS KDL388P4LA-50 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGMAX MPXC22D-38KT3R N/A N/A DS KDL388P4LA-50 ⢠⢠⢠256MB NANYA NT256D64S88C0G-5T 3 N/A SS NT5DS32M8CT-5T ⢠⢠512MB NANYA NT512D64S8HC0G-5T 3 N/A DS NT5DS32M8CT-5T ⢠⢠⢠256MB BRAIN POWER B6U808-256M-SAM-400 N/A SAMSUNG SS K4H560838D-TCC4 ⢠⢠⢠512MB BRAIN POWER B6U808-512M-SAM-400 N/A SAMSUNG DS K4H560838D-TCC4 ⢠⢠⢠256MB CENTURY DXV6S8EL5BM3T27C N/A SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB CENTURY DXV2S8EL5BM3T27C N/A SAMSUNG DS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB CENTURY DXV6S8EL5BM3T27C N/A N/A SS DD2508AMTA ⢠⢠⢠512MB CENTURY DXV2S8EL5BM3T27C N/A N/A DS DD2508AMTA ⢠⢠256MB elixir M2U25664DS88C3G-5T N/A N/A SS N2DS25680CT-5T ⢠⢠⢠512MB elixir M2U51264DS8HC1G-5T N/A N/A DS N2DS25680CT-5T ⢠⢠â¢
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 3 Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest DDR 400 Qualiï¬Âed Vendors List. Side(s): SS - Single-Sided DS - Double-Sided DIMM Support: A - supports one module inserted into either the blue slots, in a Single-channel memory conï¬Âguration. B - supports on pair of modules inserted into either the blue slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory conï¬Âguration. C - support for 4 modules inserted into the blue and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory conï¬Âguration. � DIMMsupport Size Vendor Model CL Brand Side(s) Component A B C 256MB Kreton N/A N/A VT SS VT3225804T-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Kreton N/A N/A VT DS VT3225804T-5 ⢠⢠⢠256MB Veritech VT400FMV/2561103 3 VT SS VT56DD32M8PC-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Veritech VT400FMV/5121003 3 VT DS VT56DD32M8PC-5 ⢠⢠⢠256MB Pmi MD44256VIT3208GMHA01 2.5 MOSEL SS V58C2256804SAT5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB Pmi MD44512VIT3208GATA03 2.5 MOSEL DS V58C2256804SAT5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB ProMOS V826632K24SCTG-D0 2.5 N/A SS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB ProMOS V826664K24SCTG-D0 2.5 N/A DS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠⢠256MB Deutron AL5D8C53T-5B1T 2.5 PSC SS A2S56D30CTP ⢠⢠⢠512MB Deutron AL6D8C53T-5B1T 2.5 PSC DS A2S56D30CTP ⢠⢠⢠512MB crucial BL6464Z402.16TG 2 Ballistix DS N/A ⢠⢠256MB Novax 96M425653CE-40TB6 2.5 CEON SS C2S56D30TP-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Novax 96M451253CE-40TB6 2.5 CEON DS C2S56D30TP-5 ⢠⢠â¢
2 - 1 4 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 4 . 4 R e m o v i n g a D I M M Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your ï¬Ângers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it ï¬Âips out with extra force. 2 . 4 . 3 I n s t a l l i n g a D I M M 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. L o c k e d R e t a i n i n g C l i p Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DDR DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it ï¬Âts in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. U n l o c k e d r e t a i n i n g c l i p D D R D I M M n o t c h 1 2 1 D D R D I M M n o t c h 1 2 1
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 5 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2 . 5 . 1 I n s t a l l i n g a n e x p a n s i o n c a r d To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press ï¬Ârmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2 . 5 . 2 C o n f i g u r i n g a n e x p a n s i o n c a r d After installing the expansion card, conï¬Âgure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
2 - 1 6 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2 . 5 . 4 P C I s l o t s The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciï¬Âcations. The ï¬Âgure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2 . 5 . 3 I n t e r r u p t a s s i g n m e n t s S t a n d a r d i n t e r r u p t a s s i g n m e n t s IRQ Priority Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ#9 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. I R Q a s s i g n m e n t s f o r t h i s m o t h e r b o a r d A B C D E F G H PCI slot 1 shared â â â â â â â PCI slot 2 â shared â â â â â â PCI slot 3 â â shared â â â â â Onboard USB 1.0 controller shared â â â â â â â O n bo a r d U S B 2 .0 c o n t r o l l er shared â â â â â â â When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conï¬Âicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 7 2 . 5 . 5 T w o P C I E x p r e s s x 1 6 s l o t s This motherboard supports one PCI Express x16 graphics card or two SLI-ready PCI Express x16 graphic cards that comply with the PCI Express speciï¬Âcations. The ï¬Âgure shows a graphics card installed on the PCI Express x16 slot. See Chapter 6 for details on the SLI technology feature. 2 . 5 . 6 P C I E x p r e s s x 1 s l o t This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express speciï¬Âcations. The ï¬Âgure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot. In Single Video Card mode, only the PCI Express blue slot can be used for PCI Express x16 graphics cards. 2 . 5 . 7 P C I E x p r e s s x 4 s l o t This motherboard provides a PCI Express x4 slot that can support PCI Express x1 and x4 cards. This ASUS proprietary slot allows you to use additional PCI Express cards for twice the speed of a PCI Express x1 slot. The Universal PCIe slot supports a total bandwidth of 1GB/s. PCI Express x4 slot
2 - 1 8 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 2.6 Jumpers C l e a r R T C R A M ( C L R T C ) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default) 1 2 2 3
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 1 9 2.7 Connectors 2 . 7 . 1 R e a r p a n e l c o n n e c t o r s 1 . P S / 2 m o u s e p o r t ( g r e e n ) . This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2 . P a r a l l e l p o r t . This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3 . L A N ( R J - 4 5 ) p o r t . Supported by the NVIDIA nForce4 Gigabit MAC with external PHY, this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port L A N p o r t L E D i n d i c a t i o n s ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection 7 3 4 5 6 1 10 2 9 8 4 . L i n e I n p o r t ( l i g h t b l u e ) . This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 5 . L i n e O u t p o r t ( l i m e ) . This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, and 6-channel conï¬Âguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 6 . M i c r o p h o n e p o r t ( p i n k ) . This port connects a microphone. 7 . U S B 2 . 0 p o r t s 3 a n d 4 . These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 8 . U S B 2 . 0 p o r t s 1 a n d 2 . These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 9 . C o a x i a l S / P D I F O u t p o r t . This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable.
2 - 2 0 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 1 0 . P S / 2 k e y b o a r d p o r t ( p u r p l e ) . This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. A u d i o 2 , 4 , o r 6 - c h a n n e l c o n f i g u r a t i o n Light Blue Line In Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Center/Subwoofer Port Headset 4-channel 6-channel 2 - c h a n n e l Refer to the audio conï¬Âguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, or 6-channel conï¬Âguration.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 2 1 2 . I D E c o n n e c t o r s ( 4 0 - 1 p i n P R I _ I D E , S E C _ I D E ) These connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cables. The Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must conï¬Âgure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accordingly. Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. 2 . 7 . 2 I n t e r n a l c o n n e c t o r s 1 . F l o p p y d i s k d r i v e c o n n e c t o r ( 3 4 - 1 p i n F L O P P Y ) This connector is for the provided ï¬Âoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the ï¬Âoppy disk drive. The Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. ⢠The Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for UltraDMA133/100/66 IDE devices. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Floppy Disk Drive Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings o n the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE IDE Connectors NOTE: Orient the red marking s (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE P I N 1 SEC_IDE
2 - 2 2 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 3 . S e r i a l A T A c o n n e c t o r s ( 7 - p i n S A T A 1 , S A T A 2 , S A T A 3 , S A T A 4 ) Supported by the NVIDIA î nForce4⢠chipset, these connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives that allows up to 3Gb/s of data transfer rate. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, or JBOD conï¬Âguration that span across the Parallel ATA drives. Refer to Chapter 5 for details on how to set up RAID conï¬Âgurations. ⢠The actual data transfer rate depends on the speed of Serial ATA hard disks installed. ⢠The RAID drivers for Parallel ATA and Serial ATA RAID are not WHQL certiï¬Âed. These connectors are set to SATA by default. In SATA mode, you can connect Serial ATA boot or data hard disk drives to these connectors. If you intent to create a Serial ATA RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID function of each port from the NVRAID Conï¬Âguration sub-menu item in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.4.3 Onboard Devices Conï¬Âgurationâ on pages 4-24 and 4-26 for details. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE SA T A Connectors SA T A1 SA T A2 GN D RS A T A_ TX P4 RS A T A _T XN 4 GN D RS A T A _R XP 4 RS A T A _R XN 4 GN D GN D RS A T A_ TX P3 RS A T A _T XN 3 GN D RS A T A _R XP 3 RS A T A _R XN 3 GN D GN D RS A T A_ TX P2 RS A T A _T XN 2 GN D RS A T A _R XP 2 RS A T A_ RX N2 GN D GN D RS A T A_ TX P1 RS A T A _T XN 1 GN D RS A T A _R XP 1 RS A T A _R XN 1 GN D SA T A3 SA T A4
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 2 3 4 . C P U , C h a s s i s , C h i p s e t a n d P o w e r f a n c o n n e c t o r s ( 3 - p i n C P U _ F A N , 3 - p i n C H A 2 _ F A N , 3 - p i n C H I P _ F A N , 3 - p i n P W R _ F A N , 3 - p i n C H A 1 _ F A N ) The fa n c onne cto rs supp ort co oli ng f ans of 35 0mA~ 2000mA (24 W max.) or a total of 1A~3.48A (41.76 W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. ⢠Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Lack of sufï¬Âcient air ï¬Âow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠The ASUS Q-Fan2 function is supported using the CPU Fan (CPU_ FAN) and Chassis Fan 1 (CHA1_FAN) connectors only. ⢠The chipset fan is synchronized with the CPU fan. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Fan Connectors CPU_F AN CHA1_F AN PWR_F AN CHA2_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotatio n 12V GND Rotatio n 12V CPU_F AN CHA1_F AN PWR_F AN CHA2_F AN CHIP_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHIP_F AN
2 - 2 4 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 5 . S e r i a l p o r t c o n n e c t o r ( 1 0 - 1 p i n C O M 1 ) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. 6 . U S B c o n n e c t o r s ( 1 0 - 1 p i n U S B 5 6 , U S B 7 8 , U S B 9 1 0 ) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciï¬Âcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. A8N- SLI S E î A8N-SLI SE COM Port Connector PIN 1 COM1 A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE USB 2.0 Connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P9 GND 1 The com port module is purchased separately .
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 2 5 7 . A T X p o w e r c o n n e c t o r s ( 2 4 - p i n E A T X P W R 1 , 4 - p i n A T X 1 2 V 1 , 4 - p i n E Z _ P L U G ) These connectors are for an ATX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to ï¬Ât these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down ï¬Ârmly until the connectors completely ï¬Ât. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠If your power connector is 20-pin when you use two graphics cards, do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug to the EZ Plugâ¢; otherwise, the system will be unstable. See page 6-5 for details. ⢠Use of a Power Supply Unit (PSU) with a higher power output is recommended when conï¬Âguring a system with more power- consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠Make sure that your PSU can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See the table below for details. P o w e r s u p p l y r e q u i r e m e n t s Loading Components/Peripherals Heavy Normal Light AMD î K8 939-pin CPU type Athlon 64 FX-55 Athlon 64 3800 Athlon 64 3400 PCIe⢠x16 graphics cards 6800 Ultra x2 6800GT x2 6600GT x2 DDR DIMMs 4 2 2 HDD 4 2 2 Optical drive (DVD/CD-RW) 2 2 1 PCIe⢠x 1 card 1 0 0 PCI cards 3 2 1 USB devices 6 4 3 Required 12V current > 25A > 20A > 17A Required wattage >= 500W >= 400W >= 350W A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE A TX Power Connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground EZ_PLUG 5V EZ_DET GND 12V
2 - 2 6 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 8 . I n t e r n a l a u d i o c o n n e c t o r s ( 4 - p i n C D , A U X ) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV-tuner, or MPEG card. 9 . G A M E / M I D I p o r t c o n n e c t o r ( 1 6 - 1 p i n G A M E ) This connector is for a GAME/MIDI port. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The GAME/MIDI port connects a joystick or game pad for playing games, and MIDI devices for playing or editing audio ï¬Âles. A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Internal Audio Connectors AUX (white) CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground A8N- SLI SE î A8N-SLI SE Game Connector GAME 5V 5V J2B1 J2CX MIDI_OUT J2CY J2B2 MIDI_IN J1B1 J1CX GND GND J1CY J1B2 5V The Game/MIDI port is purchased separately .
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 2 - 2 7 1 0 . C h a s s i s i n t r u s i o n c o n n e c t o r ( 4 - 1 p i n C H A S S I S ) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. 1 1 . F r o n t p a n e l a u d i o c o n n e c t o r ( 1 0 - 1 p i n F P _ A U D I O ) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports legacy AC û97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. A8N- SLI S E î A8N-SLI SE Chassis Intrusion Connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default ) A8N- SLI S E î A8N-SLI SE Front Panel Audio Connector FP_AUDIO BLINE_OUT_L MIC2 Line out_ R Line out_L BLINE_OUT_R NC MICPWR 5V A AGND
2 - 2 8 C h a p t e r 2 : H a r d w a r e i n f o r m a t i o n 1 2 . S y s t e m p a n e l c o n n e c t o r ( 2 0 - p i n P A N E L ) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. ⢠S y s t e m p o w e r L E D ( G r e e n 3 - p i n P L E D ) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠H a r d d i s k d r i v e a c t i v i t y ( R e d 2 - p i n I D E _ L E D ) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or ï¬Âashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠S y s t e m w a r n i n g s p e a k e r ( O r a n g e 4 - p i n S P E A K E R ) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠P o w e r / S o f t - o f f b u t t o n ( Y e l l o w 2 - p i n P W R S W ) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠R e s e t b u t t o n ( B l u e 2 - p i n R E S E T ) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. A8N- SLI S E î A8N-SLI SE System Panel Connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and the ways of shutting down the system.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 3.1 Starting up for the ï¬Ârst time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer ................................................... 3-2
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 3 - 1 3.1 Starting up for the ï¬Ârst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with ATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3 - 2 C h a p t e r 3 : P o w e r i n g u p 3.2 Powering off the computer 3 . 2 . 1 U s i n g t h e O S s h u t d o w n f u n c t i o n If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start button then click Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3 . 2 . 2 U s i n g t h e d u a l f u n c t i o n p o w e r s w i t c h While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E Chapter summary 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ............................................................ 4-11 4.3 Main menu ........................................................................... 4-15 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-20 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-34 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-39 4.7 Exit menu ............................................................................ 4-45
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1 . A w a r d B I O S F l a s h U t i l i t y (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk.) 2 . A S U S C r a s h F r e e B I O S 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS ï¬Âle fails or gets corrupted.) 3 . A S U S E Z F l a s h (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a ï¬Âoppy disk or the motherboard support CD.) 4 . A S U S U p d a t e (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS ï¬Âle to a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AwardBIOS Flash utilities. 4 . 1 . 1 C r e a t i n g a b o o t a b l e f l o p p y d i s k 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable ï¬Âoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB ï¬Âoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type f o r m a t A:/S then press <Enter>. Windowsî XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB ï¬Âoppy disk to the ï¬Âoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer. c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options ï¬Âeld, then click Start. Windowsî 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB ï¬Âoppy disk into the drive.
4 - 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start, then select Run. d. From the Open ï¬Âeld, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS ï¬Âle to the bootable ï¬Âoppy disk. 4 . 1 . 2 U p d a t i n g t h e B I O S The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility. Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility. 1. Download the latest BIOS ï¬Âle from the ASUS web site. Rename the ï¬Âle to A8NSLI-B.BIN and save it to a ï¬Âoppy disk. Save only the updated BIOS ï¬Âle in the ï¬Âoppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS ï¬Âle. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdï¬Âash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the ï¬Âoppy disk with the latest BIOS ï¬Âle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable ï¬Âoppy disk you created earlier. 4. When the A:> appears, replace the bootable ï¬Âoppy disk with the ï¬Âoppy disk containing the new BIOS ï¬Âle and the Award BIOS Flash Utility. 5. At the prompt, type awdï¬Âash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program:
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 3 6. Type the BIOS ï¬Âle name in the File Name to Program ï¬Âeld, then press <Enter>. 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS ï¬Âle. The following screen appears. 8. The utility veriï¬Âes the BIOS ï¬Âle in the ï¬Âoppy disk and starts ï¬Âashing the BIOS ï¬Âle. Do not turn off or reset the system during the ï¬Âashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully ï¬Âashed the BIOS ï¬Âle. Remove the ï¬Âoppy disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Program Flashing Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail
4 - 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 3. Type a ï¬Âlename for the current BIOS ï¬Âle in the Save current BIOS as ï¬Âeld, then press <Enter>. 4. The utility saves the current BIOS ï¬Âle to the ï¬Âoppy disk, then returns to the BIOS ï¬Âashing process. 4 . 1 . 3 S a v i n g t h e c u r r e n t B I O S f i l e You can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS ï¬Âle. You can load the current BIOS ï¬Âle when the BIOS ï¬Âle gets corrupted during the ï¬Âashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Checksum: DAD6H Save current BIOS as: old.bin To save the current BIOS ï¬Âle using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS ï¬Âle. The following screen appears. Make sure that the ï¬Âoppy disk has enough disk space to save the ï¬Âle. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 1001.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 5 4 . 1 . 4 A S U S C r a s h F r e e B I O S 2 u t i l i t y The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS ï¬Âle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS ï¬Âle using the motherboard support CD or the ï¬Âoppy disk that contains the updated BIOS ï¬Âle. Prepare the motherboard support CD or the ï¬Âoppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. R e c o v e r i n g t h e B I O S f r o m t h e s u p p o r t C D To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS ï¬Âle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Pass When found, the utility reads the BIOS ï¬Âle and starts ï¬Âashing the corrupted BIOS ï¬Âle. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
4 - 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS ï¬Âle. R e c o v e r i n g t h e B I O S f r o m a f l o p p y d i s k To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any CD from the optical drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the ï¬Âoppy disk with the original or updated BIOS ï¬Âle to the ï¬Âoppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the ï¬Âoppy disk for the original or updated BIOS ï¬Âle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! When no CD is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS ï¬Âle. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS ï¬Âle. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Fail Detecting ï¬Âoppy drive A media... Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 7 4 . 1 . 5 A S U S E Z F l a s h u t i l i t y The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a ï¬Âoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS ï¬Âle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS ï¬Âle to a ï¬Âoppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. Insert Disk then press Enter or ESC to continue POST 4. Insert the ï¬Âoppy disk that contains the BIOS ï¬Âle to the ï¬Âoppy disk drive then press <Enter>. The following screen appears. Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please wait... For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 5. When the correct BIOS ï¬Âle is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done.
4 - 8 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4 . 1 . 6 A S U S U p d a t e u t i l i t y The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). I n s t a l l i n g A S U S U p d a t e To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the U t i l i t i e s tab, then click I n s t a l l A S U S U p d a t e V X . X X . X X . See page 5-3 for the Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 9 U p d a t i n g t h e B I O S t h r o u g h t h e I n t e r n e t To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking S t a r t > P r o g r a m s > A S U S > A S U S U p d a t e > A S U S U p d a t e . The ASUS Update main window appears. 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafï¬Âc, or click Auto Select. Click N e x t . 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click N e x t .
4 - 1 0 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click N e x t . 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. U p d a t i n g t h e B I O S t h r o u g h a B I O S f i l e To update the BIOS through a BIOS ï¬Âle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking S t a r t > P r o g r a m s > A S U S > A S U S U p d a t e > A S U S U p d a t e . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a ï¬Âle option from the drop-down menu, then click N e x t . 3. Locate the BIOS ï¬Âle from the Open window, then click O p e n . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 1 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconï¬Âguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun SetupâÂÂ. This section explains how to conï¬Âgure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conï¬Âguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconï¬Âgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the ï¬Ârst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS ï¬Âle for this motherboard.
4 - 1 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Change the internal time. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB Usable Memory 256MB 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conï¬Âguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) conï¬Âguration Boot For changing the system boot conï¬Âguration Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information. Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items Conï¬Âguration ï¬Âelds Menu items
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 3 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciï¬Âc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 Conï¬Âguration ï¬Âelds These ï¬Âelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conï¬Âgurable, you can change the value of the ï¬Âeld opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-conï¬Âgurable. A conï¬Âgurable ï¬Âeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a ï¬Âeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar. The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. N a v i g a t i o n K e y F u n c t i o n < F 1 > Displays the General Help screen < F 5 > Loads setup default values < E s c > Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu L e f t o r R i g h t a r r o w Selects the menu item to the left or right U p o r D o w n a r r o w Moves the highlight up or down between ï¬Âelds P a g e D o w n o r â ( m i n u s ) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted ï¬Âeld P a g e U p o r ( p l u s ) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted ï¬Âeld < E n t e r > Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted ﬠeld < F 1 0 > Saves changes and exit
4 - 1 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conï¬Âguration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Speciï¬Âes the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB Usable Memory 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 360K , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 1.2M , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 2.88M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 5 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Nov 5 2004 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] First SATA Master [None] Second SATA Slave [None] Third SATA Master [None] Fourth SATA Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB Usable Memory 503MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of ï¬Âoppy drive installed. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.]
4 - 1 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Before attempting to conï¬Âgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conï¬Âguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. 4.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Sector and Transfer Mode). These values are not user-conï¬Âgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto]; Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically ï¬Âlls in the correct values for the remaining ï¬Âelds on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. Conï¬Âguration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. Conï¬Âguration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Primary IDE Master [ Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity xxxxx MB Cylinder xxxxx Head xx Sector xx PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Transfer Mode xxxxxxx
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 7 Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. PIO Mode Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode Disables or sets the UDMA mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Transfer Mode Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
4 - 1 8 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial ATA devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SATA device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SATA device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Precomp, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user-conï¬Âgurable. These items show 0 if no SATA device is installed in the system. Extended Drive Selects the type of ï¬Âxed disk connected to the system. Conï¬Âguration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode Sets the sector addressing mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [CAS][LBA][Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Extended IDE Drive [Auto ] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity xxxxx MB Cylinder xxxxx Head xx Precomp xx Landing Zone xx Sector xx Before attempting to conï¬Âgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conï¬Âguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conï¬Âgurable.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 1 9 Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Precomp Shows the number of precomp per track. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology (SMART) feature. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.7 Installed Memory Shows the size of installed memory. 4.3.8 Usable Memory Shows the size of usable memory.
4 - 2 0 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press Enter to Set. CPU Conï¬Âguration PCIPnP Onboard Device Conï¬Âguration SLI Conï¬Âguration JumperFree Conï¬Âguration PEG Link Mode 4.4.1 CPU Conï¬Âguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help DRAM timing and control CPU Conï¬Âguration CPU Type AMD Sempron(tm)Processor 3000 CPU Speed 1800MHz Cache RAM 128K DRAM Conï¬Âguration Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] AMD K8 CoolâÂÂnâÂÂQuiet control [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect ï¬Âeld values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 1 DRAM Conï¬Âguration The items in this sub-menu show the DRAM-related information auto-detected by the BIOS. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help <Enter> to select DARM conï¬Âguration by Auto] is recommended. [Manual] allows you to set each conï¬Âguration on your own. DRAM Conï¬Âguration Timing Mode [Auto ] x Memclock index value (Mhz) 400Mhz x CAS# latency (Tcl) 3 x Min RAS# active time(Tras) 8T x RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) 3T x Row precharge Time (Trp) 3T x Row cycle time (Trc) 11T x Row refresh cycle time (Trfc) 14T x Read-to-Write time (Trwt) 5T x Write Recovery time (Twr) 3T x 1T/2T Memory Timing 2T S/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping [Enabled} H/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping [Enabled} Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Timing Mode [Auto] Sets the timing mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Manual] Memclock index value (Mhz) Shows the memory clock index value. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. CAS# latency (Tcl) Shows the CAS# latency. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Min RAS# active time (Tras) Shows the minimum RAS# active time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) Shows the RAS# to CAS# delay to Rd/Wr command on the same bank. This item is not conï¬Âgurable.
4 - 2 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Row precharge Time (Trp) Shows the Row precharge time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Row Cycle Time (Trc) Shows the row cycle time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Row Refresh Cycle Time (Trfc) Shows the row refresh cycle time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Read-to-Write time (Trwt) Shows the read-to-write time.This item is not conï¬Âgurable. Write Recovery Time (Twr) Shows the write recovery time. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. 1T/2T Memory Timing Shows the memory timing. This item is not conï¬Âgurable. S/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping [Enabled] Enable or disable the S/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] H/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping [Enabled] Enable or disable the S/W DRAM Over 4G Remapping. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Hyper Transport Frequency [Auto] Sets the Hyper Transport frequency. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] [Auto] AMD K8 CoolünüQuiet control [Disabled] Enables or disables the AMD Cool ûnü Quiet! technology. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 3 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to conï¬Âgure non-boot devices. Frequency/Voltage control Plug & Play O/S [No] Init Display First [PCI] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.2 PCI PnP Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS conï¬Âgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conï¬Âgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Conï¬Âguration options: [No] [Yes] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically conï¬Âgures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address ï¬Âelds. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Manual] Init Display First [PCI] Allows you to select which graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. Conï¬Âguration options: [PCI] [PCI-E] When the item Resources Controlled By is set to [Auto], the item IRQ Resources is grayed out and not user-conï¬Âgurable. Refer to the section âÂÂIRQ Resourcesâ for information on how to enable this item.
4 - 2 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p IRQ Resources This sub-menu is activated only when the Resources Controlled By item is set to Manual. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus speciï¬Âcation, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the Plug and Play standard whether designed for PCI or ISA bus architecture IRQ Resources IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device ] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-12 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IRQ-xx assigned to When set to [PCI Device], the speciï¬Âc IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Conï¬Âguration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press[Enter] to set Onboard Device Conï¬Âguration IDE Function Setup NVRAID Conï¬Âguration USB Conï¬Âguration Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] ECP MOde Use DMA [3] Game Port Address [201] Midi Port Address [Disabled] Midi Port IRQ [10] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.3 Onboard Devices Conï¬Âguration
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 5 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Disable/Enable OnChip IDE Channel 10. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Onboard Device Conï¬Âguration OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] SATA DMA transfer [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel1 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 1 controller . Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port 1, 2 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA 1 and 2 ports. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SATA DMA transfer [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA DMA transfer access. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port 3, 4 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA 3 and 4 ports. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4 - 2 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p SATA2 DMA transfer [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SATA2 DMA transfer access. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE prefetch mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] NVRAID Conï¬Âguration This sub-menu contains NVRAID function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Disable/Enable nVIDIA RAID feature Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced NVRAID Conï¬Âguration RAID Enabled [Disabled] x IDE Primary Master RAID Disabled x IDE Primary Slave RAID Disabled x IDE Secondary Master RAID Disabled x IDE Secondary Slave RAID Disabled x First SATA Master RAID Disabled x Second SATA Master RAID Disabled x Third SATA Master RAID Disabled x Fourth SATA Master RAID Disabled RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller. When Enabled, the succeeding items becomes user-conï¬Âgurable. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] IDE Primary, Secondary Master/Slave RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the primary or secondary master or slave IDE. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the ï¬Ârst, second, third or fourth SATA master drive. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 7 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Enable/Disable USB2.0 and Legacy Control USB Conï¬Âguration USB Controller [Enabled ] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Conï¬Âguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conï¬Âguration options. USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard NV LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA î Gigabit LAN controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AC97 Audio [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the onboard AC97 audio controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4 - 2 8 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Normal] [Bi-directional] [EPP] [ECP] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [1] [3] Game Port Address [201] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [201] [209] Midi Port Address [330] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [330] [300] Midi Port IRQ [10] Allows you to set the Midi port IRQ address. Conï¬Âguration options: [5] [10]
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 2 9 4.4.4 SLI Conï¬Âguration EZ-Plug Warning [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the EZ-Plug warning feature. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SLI Broadcast Aperture [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the SLI Broadcast Aperture. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AI Selector [Auto] Allows you to set the AI selector. When set to Auto, the BIOS detects the number of PCI Express graphics cards installed. Set to Single Video Card when using one PCI Express graphics card or set to Dual Video Cards when using two SLI-ready graphics cards. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Single Video Card] [Dual Video Card] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press[Enter] to Enable/ Disable Warning Messagge while the EZ Plug not connected. SLI Conï¬Âguration EZ-Plug Warning [Enabled ] SLI Broadcast Aperture [Disabled] AI-Selector [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced ⢠We recommend to keep the setting of this item to [Auto]. ⢠When not set to [Auto], make sure that the setting is the same as the ASUS AI Selector. If the BIOS setting is not the same as the AI Selector utility, the system follows the latter. ⢠See section âÂÂ5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utilityâ on page 5-35 for details.
4 - 3 0 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p The following items are user-conï¬Âgurable only when the Overclock Proï¬Âle item is set to [Manual]. CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Indicates the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The bus frequency (external frequency) multiplied by the bus multiple equals the CPU speed. The value of this item is auto-detected by BIOS. The values range from 200 to 400. Refer to the following table for the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings. 4.4.5 JumperFree Conï¬Âguration Overclock Proï¬Âle [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking conï¬Âguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock Loads overclocking proï¬Âles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. The ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to select overclock Proï¬Âle. JumperFree Conï¬Âguration Overclock Proï¬Âle [Auto ] x Overclock Options Disable x N.O.S. Option Disable x CPU Frequency 200.00 x PCI Express Clock 100Mhz x DDR Voltage Auto x CPU Multiplier Auto x CPU Voltage Auto x PCI Clock Synchronization Mode Auto Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 3 1 Selecting a very high CPU frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting. PCI Express Clock [100MHz] Allows you to set the PCI Express clock. Key-in a decimal value between 100-200 MHz. Conï¬Âguration options: [100Mhz] [101Mhz~[145Mhz] DDR Voltage [Auto] Sets the operating DDR voltage. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [2.60V] [2.70V] [2.80V] [2.90V] CPU Multiplier [Auto] Sets the operating CPU multiplier. The conï¬Âguration options vary depending on the type of CPU installed. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [x4] [x4.5] [x5] [x5.5] [x6] [x6.5] [x7] [x7.5] [x7.5] [x8] [x8.5] [x9] CPU Voltage [Auto] Sets the operating CPU voltage. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [1.550V] [1.5 375V] [1.525 V] [1.5 125V] [1.500 V] [1. 4875V ] [1.47 5V] [1 .4625 V] [1.4 50V] [ 1.4375 V] [1.4 25V] [ 1.412 5V] [1. 400V] [1.38 75V] [ 1.375V ] [1.3 625V] [1.35 0V] [ 1.3375 V] [1 .325V] [1.3 125V] [1.3 00V] [1.2 875V] [1.2 75V] [ 1.2625 V] [1.2 50V] [ 1.237 5V] [1. 225V] [1.212 5V][1. 200V] [1.1 875V] [1.175 V] [1.1 625V] [1.15 0V] [1. 1375V ][1.12 5V] [1. 1125V ] [1.1 00V] [1.087 5V] [1. 075V] [1.062 5V] [1 .050V] [1.03 75V] [ 1.025V ] [1.0 125V] [1.00 0V] [0.98 75V] [0.97 5V] [ 0.9625 V] [0 .950V] [0.9 375V] [0.9 25V] [ 0.9125 V] [0.9 00V] [ 0.887 5V] [0. 875V] [0.862 5V] [0 .850V] [0.8 375V] [0.825 V] [0.8 125V] [0.80 0V] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] Sets the PCI Clock Synchronization mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [To CPU] [33.33MHz]
4 - 3 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.4.6 PEG Link Mode F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Enhance performance on PCIE serial graphics card. JumperFree Conï¬Âguration PEG Link Mode [Auto ] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced PEG Link Mode [Auto] Allows you to enhance the performance of your PCI Express graphics card. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] The following item is user-conï¬Âgurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI Overclock]. The following item is user-conï¬Âgurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI N.O.S.]. N.O.S. Option [Disable] Sets the Non-Delay Overclocking System mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] Overclock Options [Disabled] Allows you to set the oveclocking options. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] Setting to [Fastest] may cause your system to be unstable. If this happens, revert to [Auto].
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 4 - 3 3 PEG Root Control [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Express graphics root control. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Enabled] [Disabled] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Allows you to set the PCI Express graphics buffer length. For optimum performance, set this item to Auto. Conï¬Âguration options: [Auto] [Long] [Short] [Medium]
4 - 3 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Conï¬Âguration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conï¬Âguration options. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced Conï¬Âguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Conï¬Âguration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Conï¬Âguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Speciï¬Âc Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPI Suspend Type [ S1&S3] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] APM Conï¬Âguration Hardware Monitor
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 3 5 4.5.3 APM Conï¬Âguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [ENTER] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss. APM Conï¬Âguration Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled ] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant Off] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power-On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) 0 x Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 :0 : 0 Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. Conï¬Âguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the ï¬Ârst try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on.
4 - 3 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date of Month Alarm and Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm items become user-conï¬Âgurable with set values. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Day of Month Alarm [Disabled] To set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Day of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the speciï¬Âed range then press <Enter>. Conï¬Âguration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] To set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour ï¬Âeld. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <TAB> to move to the minutes ï¬Âeld then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <TAB> to move to the seconds ï¬Âeld then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciï¬Âc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key]
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 3 7 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conï¬Âguration options. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable Hardware Monitor Q-Fan2 Controller [ Disabled] Vcore Voltage [ 1.50V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.31V] 5V Voltage [ 4.94V] 12V Voltage [ 11.26V] CPU Temperature 48úC M/B Temperature 38úC CPU FAN Speed 4962 RPM CHA1 FAN Speed 0 RPM CHIP FAN Speed 5443 RPM x CPU Target Temperature 20úC CPU Fan Speed warning [1600 RPM] CHA1 Fan Speed Warning [Disabled] CHIP Fan Speed warning [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Q-Fan2 Controller [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Q-Fan2 controller. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. These items are not user-conï¬Âgurable. CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-conï¬Âgurable. CPU Fan Speed CHA1 Fan Speed CHIP Fan Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the Chassis, CPU, and Chip fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the ï¬Âeld shows 0. These items are not user-conï¬Âgurable.
4 - 3 8 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p CPU Target Temperature Allows you to set the temperature threshold before the CPU fan stops. Conï¬Âguration options: [51úC] [54úC] [57úC] [60úC] [63úC] [66úC] [69úC] [72úC] [75úC] [78úC] [81úC] CPU Fan Speed warning [1200 RPM] Allows you to set the CPU fan warning speed. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [800 RPM] [1200 RPM] [1600 RPM] CHA1 Fan Speed warning [Disabled] Allows you to set the chassis fan warning speed. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [500 RPM] [800 RPM] [1200 RPM] CHIP Fan Speed warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chip fan speed warning feature. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 3 9 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press[Enter]to set. Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Conï¬Âguration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Legacy LAN] [Disabled] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Select your boot device priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable ] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power
4 - 4 0 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p 4.6.2 Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Use < âÂÂ> or < âÂÂ> to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Use < âÂÂ> or < âÂÂ> to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Hard Disk Drives 1. Bootable Add-in Cards Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 4 1 4.6.4 Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration Case Open Warning [Enabled ] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open Warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ2.7 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Conï¬Âguration options: [Off] [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to conï¬Âgure the Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the Typematic Delay (Msec). Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and Typematic Delay (Msec) becomes user-conï¬Âgurable only when the item Typematic Rate Setting is enabled.
4 - 4 2 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key. Conï¬Âguration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. Conï¬Âguration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. Conï¬Âguration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Conï¬Âguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. ⢠See section âÂÂ5.4.1 ASUS MyLogo2â¢â for details. Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Allows you to error report type. Conï¬Âguration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 4 3 4.6.5 Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help Supervisor password controls full access, <Enter> to change password. Boot Settings Conï¬Âguration Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password User Password These ï¬Âelds allow you to set passwords: To set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. Type in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, conï¬Ârm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password ï¬Âeld setting is changed to Set. To clear the password: 1. Select the password ï¬Âeld and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password ï¬Âeld setting is changed to Clear.
4 - 4 4 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery. If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for instructions. Password Check This ï¬Âeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. Conï¬Âguration options: [Setup] [System]
A S U S A 8 N S L I S E 4 - 4 5 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Speciï¬Âc Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Once you are ï¬Ânished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conï¬Ârmation window appears. Select Yes to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to ï¬Âelds other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conï¬Ârmation before exiting. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
4 - 4 6 C h a p t e r 4 : B I O S s e t u p Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conï¬Ârmation window appears. Select Yes to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conï¬Ârmation appears. Select Yes to discard any changes and load the previously saved values.
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 5.1 Installing an operating system .............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ............................................................ 5-9 5.4 RAID conï¬Âgurations ............................................................ 5-20 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-29 5.6 Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-30 5.7 Using the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility ....................................... 5-32 5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utility ...................................... 5-35
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the ï¬Âle ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double- click the ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD. C l i c k a n i t e m t o i n s t a l l 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5 . 2 . 1 R u n n i n g t h e s u p p o r t C D Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. C l i c k a n i c o n t o d i s p l a y s u p p o r t C D / m o t h e r b o a r d i n f o r m a t i o n
5 - 2 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5 . 2 . 2 D r i v e r s m e n u The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. N v i d i a C h i p s e t D r i v e r P r o g r a m Installs the NVIDIA î Chipset drivers for the NVIDIA î nForce⢠4 SLI chipset. M a k e N V I D I A P A T A R A I D D r i v e r D i s k Creates the NVIDIA î driver disk for Serial ATA and PATA RAID features. M a k e N V I D I A S A T A R A I D D r i v e r D i s k Creates the NVIDIA î driver disk for Serial ATA and SATA RAID features. R e a l t e k A L C 8 5 0 D r i v e r Installs the Realtek î ALC850 audio controller and application. A M D C o o l û n ü Q u i e t D r i v e r Installs the AMD Cool ûnü Quiet Driver. U S B 2 . 0 D r i v e r Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver. The screen display and drivers option may not be the same for different operating system versions.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 3 5 . 2 . 3 U t i l i t i e s m e n u The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. N V I D I A C h i p s e t n T u n e U t i l i t y Installs the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility that allows easy and safe system tuning for optimum performance. A S U S P C P r o b e I I This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. A S U S U p d a t e Allows you to download the latest version of the BIOS from the ASUS website. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website. A S U S A I B o o s t e r The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in a Windows î environment. A S U S A I S e l e c t o r The ASUS AI Selector utility allows you to set the video card mode of your system. Refer to 5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector Utility for details.
5 - 4 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t M i c r o s o f t D i r e c t X Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver. The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer. Visit the Microsoft website (www.microsoft.com) for updates. A n t i - v i r u s U t i l i t y The anti-virus application detects and protects your computer from viruses that destroys data. A D O B E A c r o b a t R e a d e r Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader V7.0 that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). A S U S S c r e e n S a v e r Installs the ASUS Screen Saver.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 5 5 . 2 . 4 M a n u a l s m e n u The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. ⢠Most user manual ï¬Âles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual ï¬Âle. ⢠Some user manuals listed in this menu may not be applicable for this motherboard model. N V I D I A F i r e w a l l A d m i n i s t r a t o r ü s G u i d e Allows you to open the NVIDIA î ForceWare Networking and Firewall Administratorüs Guide. N V I D I A R A I D U s e r ü s G u i d e Allows you to open the NVIDIA î RAID Userüs Guide. N V I D I A n T u n e M a n u a l Allows you to open the NVIDIA î nTune⢠userüs manual. N V R A I D D i s k A l e r t U s e r ü s G u i d e Allows you to open the NVIDIA î RAID Disk Alert userüs manual.
5 - 6 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5 . 2 . 5 A S U S C o n t a c t i n f o r m a t i o n Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also ï¬Ând this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5 . 2 . 6 O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the speciï¬Âed information. M o t h e r b o a r d I n f o Displays the general speciï¬Âcations of the motherboard.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 7 B r o w s e t h i s C D Displays the support CD contents in graphical format. T e c h n i c a l s u p p o r t F o r m Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to ï¬Âll out when requesting technical support.
5 - 8 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t F i l e l i s t Displays the contents of the support CD and a brief description of each in text format.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme ï¬Âle that came with the software application for more information. 5 . 3 . 1 A S U S M y L o g o 2 ⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.6 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select O p t i o n s from the drop down menu, then click N e x t . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before ï¬Âashing BIOS, then click N e x t . 4. Select Update BIOS from a ï¬Âle from the drop down menu, then click N e x t . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS ï¬Âle, then click N e x t . The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the Award BIOS Flash utility to make a copy of your original BIOS ï¬Âle, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section âÂÂ4.1.2 Updating the BIOSâÂÂ. ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section âÂÂ4.6.5 Boot Settings Conï¬ÂgurationâÂÂ. ⢠You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP ï¬Âle formats.
5 - 1 0 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, ï¬Âash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After ï¬Âashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 1 5 . 3 . 2 A u d i o c o n f i g u r a t i o n s The Realtek î ALC850 AC û97 audio CODEC provides 6-channel audio capability to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software provides Jack-Sensing function (Line-In, Line-Out, Mic-In), S/PDIF out support and interrupt capability. The ALC850 also includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology for three ports (Line-In, Line-Out and Mic-In), eliminating cable connection errors and giving users plug and play convenience. Follow the installation wizard to install the Realtek ALC850 Audio Driver and Application from the support CD that came with the motherboard package. If the Realtek audio software is correctly installed, you will ï¬Ând the SoundEffect icon on the taskbar. From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundEffect icon to display the Realtek Audio Control Panel. S o u n d E f f e c t o p t i o n s The Realtek î ALC850 Audio CODEC allows you to set your listening environment, adjust the equalizer, set the karaoke, or select pre-programmed equalizer settings for your listening pleasure. The Jack-sensing and UAJ î technology features are supported on the Line-In, Line-Out, and Mic jacks only. R e a l t e k S o u n d E f f e c t i c o n
5 - 1 2 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t S / P D I F o p t i o n The Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) options allows you to change your S/PDIF output settings. To set the S/PDIF options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the SPDIF button. 2. Click the option buttons to change your S/PDIF out settings. 3. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit. To set the sound effect options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Sound Effect button. 2. Click the shortcut buttons to change the acoustic environment, adjust the equalizer, or set the karaoke to your desired settings. 3. The audio settings take effect immediately after you click on the buttons. 4. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 3 S p e a k e r C o n f i g u r a t i o n This option allows you to set your speaker conï¬Âguration. To set the speaker conï¬Âguration: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Speaker Conï¬Âguration button. 2. Select from the combo list box your current speaker setup, then click Auto Test to test your settings. 3. Click the UAJ Automatic button to enable or disable the Universal Audio Jack(UAJ î ) technology feature. 4. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5 - 1 4 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5. When ï¬Ânished, the utility prompts the Realtek î EZ-connection dialog box showing your current audio connections. The text at the bottom of the box explains your audio connection status. An X mark denotes an incorrect connection. A I A u d i o f e a t u r e The AI Audio feature works through the connector sensing option that allows you to check if your audio devices are connected properly. To start the connector sensing: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Connector Sensing button. 2. Click the Bracket button to display connected audio devices. 3. Click the Option button to change sensing options. 4. Click the Start button to start connection sensing. A progress bar displays current connector sensing status. Make sure to exit all audio applications before starting this function.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 5 6. If there are detected problems, make sure that your audio cables are connected to the proper audio jack and repeat connector sensing. 7. Click the X button to exit EZ-connection dialog box. 8. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit audio control panel. H R T F D e m o This option shows a demo of the Head-Related Transfer Functions (HRTF). To start the HRTF demo: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the HRTF Demo button. 2. Click the option buttons to change the sound, moving path or EAX settings. 3. Click the Play button to start or the Stop button to stop. 4. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5 - 1 6 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t R e a r p a n e l a u d i o p o r t s f u n c t i o n v a r i a t i o n The functions of the Line Out (lime), Line In (blue), Mic (pink) ports on the rear panel change when you select the 4-channel or 6-channel audio conï¬Âguration as shown in the table on page 2-20. G e n e r a l s e t t i n g s This option shows the audio settings and allows you to change the language setting or toggle the SoundEffect icon display on the Windows taskbar. To display the general settings: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the General button. 2. Click the option button to enable or disable the icon display on the Windows taskbar. 3. Click the Language combo list box to change language display. 4. Click the Exit (X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 7 5 . 3 . 3 U s i n g t h e N V I D I A î F i r e w a l l ⢠The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î Firewall⢠(NVFirewallâ¢) application that protects your computer from intruders. The NVFirewall⢠is classiï¬Âed as a personal ï¬Ârewall or desktop ï¬Ârewall that works at the device level to protect your system from malicious computer code by controlling the connections to and from your computer and alerting you for attempted intrusions. The following sections describe how to use the NVIDIA î Firewallâ¢. L a u n c h i n g t h e N V F i r e w a l l ⢠s u m m a r y After you install the NVFirewall⢠application from the motherboard support CD, it is automatically activated with a Medium security proï¬Âle. The setup summary of NVFirewall⢠is displayed in the summary menu. To launch the NVFirewall⢠summary menu: 1. Click the NVIDIA î Firewall⢠icon from the Windows î taskbar. N V I D I A î F i r e w a l l ⢠i c o n 2. Double-click the icon to display the NVFirewall⢠Summary menu. C l i c k t o s e l e c t f i r e w a l l p r o f i l e C l i c k t o v i e w p r o f i l e d e t a i l s C l i c k t o v i e w t h e f i r e w a l l l o g C l i c k t o v i e w t h e f i r e w a l l s t a t s
5 - 1 8 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t S e t t i n g s e c u r i t y p r o f i l e s The NVFirewall⢠application allows several security proï¬Âles to match your system security needs. The following describes the NVFirewall⢠security proï¬Âles: ⢠L o w - allows safe incoming connections and deny those that are known to be dangerous connections. This proï¬Âle also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠M e d i u m - blocks most incoming connections. Incoming connections to some ports must be set to allow ï¬Âle transfers using some online messaging applications. This proï¬Âle also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠H i g h - allows the least trafï¬Âc through. Only outbound connections are allowed. This proï¬Âle also includes the âÂÂstealth modeü feature that makes your system invisible to intruders. This also enables some anti-hacking features. ⢠L o c k d o w n - blocks all incoming and outgoing connections. ⢠A n t i - h a c k i n g o n l y - this proﬠle enables all anti-hacking features but disables the ï¬Ârewall. This security proï¬Âle is useful if you want to use a third-party ï¬Ârewall application. ⢠C u s t o m 1 , 2 , 3 - these are reserved for customized proï¬Âles. ⢠O f f - deactivates the ï¬Ârewall. To set a security proï¬Âle: 1. From the NVFirewall⢠summary menu, click the C u r r e n t F i r e w a l l P r o f i l e combo list box then select a security proï¬Âle. The following conï¬Ârmation box appears. 2. Click C h a n g e P r o f i l e to apply settings or Donüt Change Proï¬Âle to return to previous menu.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 1 9 T u r n i n g t h e N V F i r e w a l l ⢠o f f Take caution when using this option, your computer becomes vulnerable to viruses, hackers or intruders after you turn off the ï¬Ârewall. To turn off the NVFirewallâ¢: 1. From the NVIDIA Firewall⢠summary menu, click the C u r r e n t F i r e w a l l P r o f i l e combo list box then select Off. The following conï¬Ârmation box appears. 2. Click T u r n F i r e w a l l O F F .
5 - 2 0 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5.4 RAID conï¬Âgurations The motherboard comes with the NVIDIA î SLI Southbridge RAID controllers that allow you to conï¬Âgure IDE and Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID conï¬Âgurations. RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conï¬Âguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 conï¬Âguration you get all the beneï¬Âts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conï¬Âgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conï¬Âgured as a RAID set. This conï¬Âguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneï¬Âts. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy ï¬Ârst the RAID driver from the support CD to a ï¬Âoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.6 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 1 5 . 4 . 1 I n s t a l l i n g h a r d d i s k s The motherboard supports Ultra DMA /133/100/66 and Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. I n s t a l l i n g P a r a l l e l A T A h a r d d i s k s To install IDE hard disks for a RAID conï¬Âguration: 1. Set the jumpers of each hard disk as Master/Master or Slave/Slave. 2. Install the hard disks into the drive bays. 3. Connect the HDD signal cables. 4. Connect a 4-pin power cable to the power connector on each drive. I n s t a l l i n g S e r i a l A T A ( S A T A ) h a r d d i s k s To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID conï¬Âguration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID conï¬Âgurations. See section âÂÂ5.2.4 Manuals menuâÂÂ.
5 - 2 2 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5 . 4 . 2 N V I D I A î R A I D c o n f i g u r a t i o n s The motherboard includes a high performance IDE RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, and JBOD with four independent Serial ATA channels. S e t t i n g t h e B I O S R A I D i t e m s After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID conï¬Âguration. To set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility. 2. From the Advanced > Onboard Devices Conï¬Âguration > NVRAID Conï¬Âguration menu item in the BIOS set the RAID Enabled item to Enabled. The succeeding items become user-conï¬Âgurable. 3. Select and enable the IDE or SATA drive(s) that you want to conï¬Âgure as RAID. See section âÂÂ4.4.3 Onboard Devices Conï¬Âgurationâ for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIAî RAID conï¬Âguration, refer to the âÂÂNVIDIA î RAID Userüs Manualâ found in your motherboard support CD.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 3 E n t e r i n g t h e N V I D I A î R A I D u t i l i t y To enter the NVIDIA î RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer. 2. During POST, press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Deï¬Âne a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Del C r e a t i n g a R A I D V o l u m e To create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA î RAID utility Deï¬Âne a New Array menu, select RAID Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning
5 - 2 4 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t TIP: For server systems, we recommend using a lower array block size. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, we recommend a higher array block size for optimum performance. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. Press <TAB> select the Striping Block then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <TAB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] NO 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim âÂÂ
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 5 R e b u i l d i n g a R A I D a r r a y To rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [Ctrl-X]Exit [ âÂÂâÂÂ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
5 - 2 6 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array. The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following conï¬Ârmation message appears. [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 7 D e l e t i n g a R A I D a r r a y To delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <D> to delete a RAID array. The following conï¬Ârmation message appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Yes, the Deï¬Âne a New Array menu appears. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
5 - 2 8 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t C l e a r i n g a d i s k d a t a To clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following conï¬Ârmation message appears. Take caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 2 9 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A ï¬Âoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers menu appears, select the RAID driver disk you want to create: ⢠C l i c k M a k e N V I D I A R A I D D r i v e r to create an NVIDIA î RAID driver disk. Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility. ⢠Go to \ D r i v e r s \ C h i p s e t \ W I N X P _ 2 K \ D r i v e r _ D i s k for the NVIDIA î RAID driver disk utility. 3. Insert ï¬Âoppy disk to ï¬Âoppy disk drive. 4. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 5. Write-protect the ï¬Âoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the ï¬Âoppy disk with RAID driver into the ï¬Âoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details. Due to chipset limitation, the Serial ATA ports supported by the NVIDIA chipset doesnüt support Serial Optical Disk Drives (Serial ODD) under DOS.
5 - 3 0 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5.6 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically change the CPU speed, voltage, and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. 5 . 6 . 1 E n a b l i n g C o o l û n ü Q u i e t ! ⢠T e c h n o l o g y To enable Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠Technology: 1. Turn on the system and enter BIOS by pressing the <Del> key during the Power On Self-Tests (POST). 2. In the A d v a n c e d > C P U C o n f i g u r a t i o n > A M D C P U C o o l & Q u i e t C o n f i g u r a t i o n menu, select the item Cool NüQuiet and set it to Enabled. See section âÂÂ4.4 Advanced Menuâ in the user guide. 3. In the P o w e r menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to Yes. See section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in the user guide. 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Option Properties depending on your operating system. W i n d o w s î 2 0 0 0 / X P 1. From the Windows î 2000/XP operating system, click the Start button. Select Settings, then Control Panel. 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View. 3. Double-click the Display icon in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver tab. 4. Click the P o w e r . . . button. The following dialog box appears. 5. From the Power schemes combo list box, select Minimal Power Management. 6. Click O K to effect settings. Make sure to install the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠driver and application before using this feature.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 3 1 5 . 6 . 2 L a u n c h i n g t h e C o o l û n ü Q u i e t ! ⢠s o f t w a r e The motherboard support CD includes the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠software that enables you to view your systemüs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. To launch the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows î 98SE/ME/2000, click the Start button. Select P r o g r a m s > A S U S > C o o l & Q u i e t > C o o l & Q u i e t . 2. If you are using Windows î XP, click the Start button. Select A l l P r o g r a m s > A S U S > C o o l & Q u i e t > C o o l & Q u i e t . 3. The Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU Voltage. Make sure to install the Cool ûnü Quiet!⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâÂÂ, for details.
5 - 3 2 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5.7 Using the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility that allows easy and safe system tuning for optimum performance. This utility provides the safest and easiest way to tweak voltages or change system bus speeds and memory timings for maximum system performance. Follow the NVIDIA Chipset Driver Program installation wizard to install the NVIDIA î nTune⢠utility from the motherboard support CD. After you have successfully installed the utility in your computer, launch the nTune⢠utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking S t a r t > A l l P r o g r a m s > N V I D I A C o r p o r a t i o n > n T u n e > n T u n e from the Windows î taskbar. 5 . 7 . 1 M a n a g i n g y o u r n F o r c e ⢠s y s t e m The Manage my nForce⢠system menu allows you to benchmark and automatically tune your system, manage your nTune⢠proï¬Âles, monitor your system, troubleshoot performance, create a log, get online support or update the BIOS. This menu also provides shortcuts to manage your nForceware⢠settings. C l i c k t o l a u n c h M a n a g e m y n F o r c e ⢠s y s t e m m e n u
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 3 3 5 . 7 . 2 C l o c k c o n t r o l The Clock control menu allows dynamic modiï¬Âcations for system bus speeds and memory controller timing. The system bus speed includes the front side bus (FSB) and AGP bus. C l i c k t o l a u n c h t h e C l o c k c o n t r o l m e n u 5 . 7 . 3 V o l t a g e / F a n c o n t r o l The Voltage/Fan control menu allows tweaking options for the CPU and memory voltage. This menu also allows dynamic modiï¬Âcations for the CPU and auxiliary fan speeds. C l i c k t o l a u n c h t h e V o l t a g e / F a n m e n u
5 - 3 4 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t 5 . 7 . 4 I n f o r m a t i o n The information page displays related information about the processor, memory, motherboard, nForce⢠proï¬Âle, version information, and the calculated system performance results. 5 . 7 . 5 O t h e r o p t i o n s Other option buttons allow you to easily save or revert your settings and save or load nTune⢠proï¬Âles. C l i c k t o l a u n c h t h e I n f o r m a t i o n p a g e C l i c k t o s a v e s e t t i n g s a n d e x i t C l i c k t o s a v e s e t t i n g s o n l y C l i c k t o r e v e r t c h a n g e s C l i c k t o l o a d s a v e d n T u n e ⢠p r o f i l e C l i c k t o s a v e s e t t i n g s i n a p r o f i l e
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 5 - 3 5 5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utility The motherboard support CD comes with the ASUS AI Selector that allows you to set the video card mode of your system. Follow the AI Selector installation wizard to install the AI Selector utility from the motherboard support CD. Use this utility only when you have two graphics cards installed in your system. 5 . 8 . 1 L a u n c h i n g t h e A S U S A I S e l e c t o r After you have successfully installed the utility in your computer, launch the AI Selector utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking S t a r t > A l l P r o g r a m s > A S U S > A I S e l e c t o r > A I S e l e c t o r from the Windows î taskbar. C l i c k f o r h e l p C l i c k t o m i n i m i z e C l i c k t o e x i t C l i c k t o s e l e c t S L I m o d e R o t a t e k n o b t o s e l e c t S L I m o d e S i n g l e V i d e o C a r d m o d e - the primary (blue) PCI Express x16 slot works at the bandwidth of PCI Express x16. D u a l V i d e o C a r d m o d e - the primary (blue) and secondary (black) PCI Express x16 slots runs in x8 mode. The combined bandwidth of these maintain the bandwidth of PCI Express x16. V i d e o c a r d s t a t u s
5 - 3 6 C h a p t e r 5 : S o f t w a r e s u p p o r t Click Yes to implement settings and restart your system or No to return to the AI Selector menu. The utility prompts you to restart your system after setting the video card mode. 5 . 8 . 2 U s i n g t h e S L I m o d e To use SLI mode: 1. Set the SLI Multi-GPU feature in Display Properties. See section âÂÂ6.2.4 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windowsâ on page 6-7 for details. 2. Select Dual video card. 3. When prompted, click Yes to restart your system. ⢠When the SLI mode is disabled, the multi-monitor feature is automatically enabled. Use the NVIDIA nView utility to conï¬Âgure your multi-monitor setup. ⢠Refer to section âÂÂ4.4.4 SLI Conï¬Âgurationâ on page 4-29 for BIOS details.
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics cards setup ..................................................... 6-3
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 6 - 1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) technology that allows you to install two identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. R e q u i r e m e n t s ⢠You should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiï¬Âed. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ7. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-25 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA SLI technology supports Windows î XP⢠operating system only. ⢠Visit the NVIDIA website for the supported 3D applications. ⢠Visit the NVIDIA zone website (http://www.nzone.com) for the latest certiï¬Âed graphics card list.
6 - 2 C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t 6 . 2 . 1 I n s t a l l i n g S L I - r e a d y g r a p h i c s c a r d s G o l d f i n g e r s Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are ASUS and NVIDIA î certiï¬Âed. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly. To install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare two graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldï¬Ângers for the SLI connector. 2. Remove the metal bracket covers opposite the two PCI Express x16 slots. 6.2 Dual graphics card setup
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 6 - 3 4. Insert the second graphics card into the black slot labeled PCIEX16_2. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. If required, connect an auxiliary power source to the PCI Express graphics cards. 3. Insert one graphics card into the blue slot labeled PCIEX16_1. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6 - 4 C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t 5. Align and insert the SLI ï¬Âexible cable connectors to the goldï¬Ângers on each graphics card. Make sure that the SLI ï¬Âexible cable connectors are ï¬Ârmly in place. 6. If using a 20-pin ATX power connector, connect a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug⢠labeled EZ_PLUG on your motherboard. The onboard red warning LED lights up if you do not plug a 4-pin ATX power cable to the EZ Plug. S L I f l e x i b l e c a b l e A S U S E Z P l u g ⢠7. Connect a VGA cable or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card installed on the blue PCI Express slot.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 6 - 5 Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). 6 . 2 . 2 I n s t a l l i n g t h e d e v i c e d r i v e r s Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. 6 . 2 . 3 I n s t a l l i n g t h e A S U S A I S e l e c t o r u t i l i t y Install the ASUS AI Selector utility using the motherboard support CD. Follow the steps described in section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ and âÂÂ5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector Utilitiesâ for how to use the ASUS AI Selector utility.
6 - 6 C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t N V I D I A S e t t i n g s i c o n To enable the multi-GPU feature: 1. Click the NVIDIA Settings icon on your Windows taskbar. 2. From the pop-up menu, select n V i e w D e s k t o p M a n a g e r then click nView Properties. 6 . 2 . 4 E n a b l i n g t h e m u l t i - G P U f e a t u r e i n W i n d o w s After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the Multi-Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) feature in the NVIDIA nView properties. 3. From the nView Desktop Manager window, select the D e s k t o p M a n a g e m e n t tab. 4. Click P r o p e r t i e s to display the Display Properties dialog box.
A S U S A 8 N - S L I S E 6 - 7 7. Click the slider to display the following screen, then select the S L I m u l t i - G P U item. S l i d e r 5. From the Display Properties dialog box, select the Settings tab then click A d v a n c e d . 6. Select the N V I D I A G e F o r c e tab.
6 - 8 C h a p t e r 6 : N V I D I A î S L I ⢠t e c h n o l o g y s u p p o r t 8. Click the E n a b l e S L I m u l t i - G P U check box. 9. Click O K when done. 6 . 2 . 5 S e t t i n g t h e A S U S A I S e l e c t o r u t i l i t y From the AI Selector utility, select Dual Video Cards then click Yes to restart your system. Refer to Table 1 below for the AI Selector card settings. T a b l e 1 A I S e l e c t o r s e t t i n g s AI Selector setting PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot Card Type Speed Card Type Speed Single Video Card Qualiï¬Âed PCIe x16 x16 - - graphics card SLI mode Qualiï¬Âed SLI-ready x8 Qualiï¬Âed SLI-ready x8 Dual Video graphics cards graphics card Card Multi-monitor, Qualiï¬Âed PCIe x16 x8 Qualiï¬Âed PCIe x8, x4, RAID or LAN graphics card graphics card, x2, x1 setup RAID or LAN card ⢠When the SLI mode is disabled, the multi-monitor mode is automatically enabled. Use the NVIDIA nView utility to conï¬Âgure your multi-monitor setup. ⢠See section âÂÂ5.8 Using the ASUS AI Selector utilityâ on page 5-35 for details.